'Expansion in production capacity of Chlorinated Paraffin ...

FINAL EIA/EMP REPORT FOR

‘Expansion in production capacity of

Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD)

& Hydrochloric Acid (100 TPD to 250 TPD)

Manufacturing Unit’ Cat. A under Item 5 (f) {Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry}

Location: No. 62/A, Part II inside the Industrial Complex of

M/s Sree Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd. (SAARC) at

Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh.

Total Plot Area: 10117.10 sq. m.

Project In charge : Mr. Shiv Kumar (Director)

Cost of proposed project : Rs. 700 Lakh

(Existing 400 Lakh + proposed 300 Lakh)

Baseline Study Period : December 2018 – February 2019

(Winter Season) & January 2022

APPLICANT ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT

Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. Gaurang Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

‘Shiva House’, 802-804, Pearl Best Heights

Tower-II, Netaji Subhash Place, Pitampura,

New Delhi 110034

Email: [email protected]

#102, SNG, Shri Ratna Apartment, Peetal factory,

Jhotwara road, Bani Park, Jaipur-302016

[email protected]

NABET Accreditation: NABET/EIA/2023/RA

0192 (Rev.01)

May 2022

VIOLATION CASE

18.05.2022

The project is being submitted under violation category however, the form 2 online is saving violation option as 'No' even after sleecting yes & filling violation details

Project: Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) & Hydrochloric Acid

(byproduct) (100 TPD to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit, located at Survey No. 62 A part II, Gondiparla

Village, Kurnool Mandal, District- Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh

Promoter: M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. Final EIA/EMP Report

Gaurang Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

Report Ref: GESPL_447/2022/30 Rev No. 02

INDEX

S. No PARTICULARS Page No.

A. Indemnification and NABET Certificate of ACO along with status of

accreditation

1-9

B. Final EIA/EMP Report 10-

Chapter 1 Introduction 11-72

Chapter 2 Project Description 73-99

Chapter 3 Description of the environment 100-186

Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 187-202

Chapter 5 Analysis of alternatives 203-206

Chapter 6 Environmental monitoring program 207-245

Chapter 7 Additional studies 246-303

Chapter 8 Project benefits 304-312

Chapter 9 Environmental cost benefit analysis 313-315

Chapter 10 Environmental management plan 316-321

Chapter 11 Summary & conclusion 322- 334

Chapter 12 Disclosure of consultants engaged 335-338

Chapter 13 Ecological Damage & Remediation Plan, National & Community Resources

Augmentation Plan

339-351

G. ANNEXURE 352- 536

I. Copy of ToR letter 353-364

II. Board Resolution 365-366

III. Agreement between Shivtek Industries PL & SAARC 367-374

IV. Legal undertaking by Project Proponent & EIA Coordinator 375-379

V. Copy of summon by JFCM Court, Kurnool, issued to PP U/Sec 15(1) (11) of

the EP Act, 1996, section 37(1) of Air (prevention & control of pollution)

Act, 1981 & Water (prevention & control of pollution) act, 1987

380-390

VI. Copy of Land documents 391-399

VII. Copy of previous Consent to Establish & its compliance 400-410

VIII. Copy of previous Consent to Operate & Authorisation under Hazardous and

Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 &

its SPCB Certified compliance

411-418

IX. Public Hearing Proceedings 419-431

X. Baseline Environmental Monitoring results 432-471

XI. Economic Benefit certificate 472-473

XII. Copy of power agreement 474-481

XIII. Copy of electricity bill 482-483

XIV. Details of fire accident 484-489

XV. Fire NOC 490-492







XVI. MSDS sheets 493-496

XVII. Traffic survey report 497-503

XVIII. Water supply permission letter 504-505

XIX. Copy of submission receipt for authentication of wildlife conservation plan

and wildlife conservation plan

506-530

XX. Plant Layout showing project components 531-532

XXI. Landscape plan 533-534

XXII. 10 KM radius toposheet showing project site & environmental sensitivity 535-536

XXIII. On site emergency plan

XXIV. Medical checkup records of workers

XXV. CA Certificate for project cost

XXVI. Production records

XXVII. EC Letter for SRAAC Ltd

*****





Gaurang Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd


List of Abbreviations

AAQ : Ambient Air Quality

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

ACF : Activated Carbon Filter

AMSL : Above Mean Sea Level

ASI : Archaeological Survey of India

BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards

BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand

CER Corporate Environmental Responsibility

CGWA : Central Ground Water Authority

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand

CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

CTO : Consent to Operate

D.G. : Diesel Generator

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

E : East

EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee

EC : Environmental Clearance

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC : Environment Management Cell

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

ESE : East of South East

ENE : East of North East

EPA : Environmental Protection Act

ERDAS : Earth Resources Data Analysis System

ESZ : Eco sensitive Zone

ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

FPS : Fine Particulate Sampler

GDP : Gross Domestic Product

GLC : Ground Level Concentration

GOI : Government of India

Govt. : Government

GPS : Global Positioning System

Ha : Hectare

HSD : High Speed Diesel

IMD : India Meteorological Department

IRC : Indian Road Congress

IS : Indian Standards







ISO : International Organization of Standardization

IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature

KLD : Kilo Litre Per Day

LISS : Linear Imaging Self-Scanning Sensor

LU/LC : Land Use / Land Cover

MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change

MSL : Mean Sea Level

MT : Metric Tonnes

MW : Mega Watt

N : North

NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards

NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education & Training

NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

NBWL : National Board for Wild Life

NE : North East

NH : National Highway

NGO : Non-Governmental Organization

NNE : North of North East

NNHS : National Network of Hydrograph Stations

NNW : North of North West

NOC : No Objection Certificate

NRSA : National Remote Sensing Agency

NRSC : National Remote Sensing Centre

NW : North West

OHS : Occupational Health and Safety

OSHA : Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PF : Protected Forest

PFR : Pre-Feasibility Report

pH : Potential of Hydrogen

PHCS : Public Health Centers

PM : Particulate Matter

PPE : Personal Protective Equipment

QCI : Quality Council of India

SAARC Sree Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals

RCC : Reinforced Cement Concrete

RF : Reserve Forest

RO : Reverse Osmosis

R&R : Rehabilitation & Resettlement

RSPM : Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter

SBR : Sequencing batch reactors

SC : Scheduled Caste







SE : South East

SHE : Safety, Health & Environment

SOI : Survey of India

SPCB : State Pollution Control Board

SPM : Suspended Particulate Matter

SSW : South of South West

ST : Scheduled Tribe

SW : South West

SWM Solid Waste Management

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

ToR : Terms of Reference

TPA : Tonnes Per Annum

TPD : Tonnes Per Day

TSS Total Suspended Solids

UNFC : United Nations Framework Classification

USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency

W : West

WNW : West of North West

WSW : West of South West

μg/m3 : Micro gram per meter cube

μm : Micro Meter

cu. m : Cubic meter

dB : Decibel

gm/sec : Gram per second

gm/cc : Grams per cubic centimeter

hr/day : Hour per day

kg : Kilogram

Kg/hr : Kilogram per hour

Kg/ha : Kilogram per hectare

km : Kilometre

m : Metre

mg/l : Miligram per Litre

mm : Milimetre

Sq.km : Square Kilometre

t/hr : Tonnes per hour

*********

Project: - Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) & Hydrochloric Acid



Proponent:- M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. Final EIA/EMP Report

Gaurang Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd 1


Indemnification and NABET Certificate of

ACO along with status of accreditation






Report Ref: GESPL_447/2022/30

2

INDEMNIFICATION

Utmost care has been taken in preparation of this Report vis a vis expansion of Chlorinated

Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) and Hydrochloric Acid (100 TPD to 250 TPD)

manufacturing unit located at Survey No. 62/A, Part II inside the Industrial Complex of M/s Sree

Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd. (SAARC) at Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool,

Andhra Pradesh, promoted by M/s Shivtek Ind. Pvt. Ltd. The data incorporated in the report is

generated through information received from project proponent in form of the details received

through e-mail, secondary information. Due care has been taken to represent facts and figures and

sources acknowledged. The purpose of this document is to facilitate environmental appraisal of

the proposal and as such the exercise has been scientifically carried out. The Consultant stands

indemnified against any consequences arising out of any inadvertent omissions.

REVISION HISTORY

Report No. GESPL_447/2022/30

Type of Report Final EIA/EMP Report

Revision No. 02

Issue to M/s Shivtek Ind. Pvt. Ltd.

Issue Date 16.05.2022


(byproduct) (100 TPD to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit, located at Survey No. 62 A part, Gondiparla



Gaurang Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page 3

Report Ref: : GESPL_447/2022/30 Rev 02

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Declaration by Experts contributing to the Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report for

Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) & Hydrochloric Acid

(byproduct) (100 TPD to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit, located at Survey No. 62 A part,

Gondiparla Village, Kurnool Mandal, District- Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh, promoted by M/s

Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd.

I hereby, certify that I was a part of the Final EIA team in the following capacity that developed

the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator Signature & Date

Name Dr. Ratnakumar. Mudliar

Period of Involvement

Contact Information #102, SNG Shri Ratna Apartment, Near Tambi Petrol Pump,

Peetal Factory, Jhotwara Road, Jaipur – 302016

Phone No.:- 0141-4029115, 9782074776

Email id:[email protected]

Functional Area Experts:-

Functional

areas

Name of the

expert/s

Involvement (period and task) Signature and date

Air Pollution

(AP)

Mr. Pawan Sut

Sharma

Ms. Ginni

Barotia

Verification of baseline data

through secondary sources

Identifying and assessing

quantum of emissions

Identification of probable

impacts of the different air

mailto:[email protected]







emissions from the project

Identification of suitable

pollution control device

Water Pollution

(WP)

Dr. Ratankumar

Mudliar

Designing of water balance and

developing schemes for

cascading use (recycle, reuse) of

water.

Identification of probable

impacts of effluent/ waste water

discharges in to the receiving

environment/ water bodies, if

any.

Solid &

Hazardous

Waste

Management

( SHW)

Dr. Ratan

Kumar Mudliar

Ms. Ginni

Barotia

Identification of type of waste

generated & Suggesting

Methodologies for segregation,

collection, Transportation,

Treatment & Disposal of Waste

as per various rules & guidelines.

Socio-

economics (SE)

Mr. Gajendra

Singh Rathore

Conducting baseline socio-

economic survey

Conducting social needs

assessment studies

Preparing need-based CER

plan.

Ecology &

Biodiversity

(EB)

Dr.Yati

Kachhawa

Ms. Ginni

Barotia

To survey flora – fauna in the

study area.

To identify ecologically

important areas around project

location.

To identify threatened species in







the project area.

To identify impact of proposed

project on flora – fauna.

To recommend mitigation

measures & greenbelt

development plan.

Geo Mr. Mukesh

Suroliya

Mr. Vidya

Bhusan Trivedi

Field Survey for assessing the

regional and local geology of the

area.

HG Mr. Mukesh

Suroliya

Mr. Vidya

BhusanTrivedi

Analysis of surface hydrological

data

Computation of ground water

recharge, flow rate and direction.

Soil

Conservation

(SC)

Dr. Ratan Kumar

Mudliar

Assessment of fertility/

productivity of soil, nutrient

availability

Controlling degradation of

soil/soil conservation

Effect of waste handling on soil

Air Quality

(AQ)

Mr. Mallikarjuna

Murthy Guttula

Analyzing micro meteorological

data for use in air quality

modeling

Collecting and using secondary

data on meteorology like cloud

cover, inversion related data,

mixing heights etc., for air

quality modeling

Application of relevant air







quality models in prediction of

dispersion of pollutants

Plotting of isopleths of GLCs

representing incremental

pollution levels, on suitable maps

showing both, the sources of

pollution as well as the

environmentally sensitive

receptors.

Noise &

Vibration

Mr. Mallikarjuna

Murthy Guttula

Identifying probable impacts of

noise

Assessing impact of noise from

project activities on fauna in

ecologically sensitive areas.

Suggesting Control measures for

noise emanating from project

activities.

Land Use (LU) Vinod Kumar

Verma

Study of change in LULC with

extent of impact.

Interpretation & preparation of

LULC.

Risk &

Hazards (RH)

Mr. Pawan Sut

Sharma

Ms. Ginni

Barotia

Assessment and mitigation of

probable impacts.

Suggesting PPE for workers.

Measures for risk assessment







Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Vipul Khandelwal, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the final

EIA/EMP Report for Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) &

Hydrochloric Acid (byproduct) (100 TPD to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit, located at Survey No.

62 A part II, Gondiparla Village, Kurnool Mandal, District- Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh promoted

by M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd.. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any

misleading information mentioned in this statement.

*******

Signature

Name Vipul Khandelwal

Designation Director

Name of the EIA Consultant

Organization


NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date Accreditation Certificate No.- NABET/ EIA/

2023/ RA0192 (Rev 01) Valid upto 19.01.2023

Quality Council of India

National Accreditation Board for

Education & Training

Certificate OF Accreditation

Gaurang Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd. 102, SNG Shree Ratna Apartments, Near Tambi Petrol Pump, Jhotwara Road,

Banipark, Jaipur, Rajasthan-302016

The organization is accredited as Category-‘A’ under the QCI-NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA

Consultant Organizations, Version 3: for preparing EIA-EMP reports in the following Sectors –

Sl.

No. Sector Description

Sector (as per) Cat.

NABET MoEFCC

1. Mining of minerals including opencast / underground mining 1 1 (a) (i) A

2. Offshore and onshore oil and gas exploration, development & production 2 1 (b) A

3. Thermal power plants 4 1 (d) B

4. Mineral beneficiation 7 2 (b) A

5. Metallurgical industries (ferrous & non-ferrous) 8 3 (a) A

6. Cement Plants 9 3 (b) A

7. Chemical fertilizers 16 5 (a) A

8. Synthetic organic chemicals industry 21 5 (f) A

9. Distilleries 22 5 (g) A

10. Isolated storage & handling of hazardous chemicals 28 - B

11. Airports 29 7 (a) A

12. Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/areas, export processing Zones(EPZs),

Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes 31 7 (c) A

13. Common hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities 32 7 (d) A

14. Bio-medical waste treatment facilities 32A 7 (da) B

15. Ports, harbours, break waters and dredging 33 7 (e) A

16. Highways, 34 7 (f) B

17. Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) 36 7 (h) B

18. Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility (CMSWMF) 37 7 (i) B

19. Building and construction projects 38 8 (a) B

20. Townships and Area development projects 39 8 (b) B

Note: Names of approved EIA Coordinators and Functional Area Experts are mentioned in RAAC minutes dated Dec 24, 2020 and

supplementary assessment minutes dated April 6, 2021 posted on QCI-NABET website.

The Accreditation shall remain in force subject to continued compliance to the terms and conditions mentioned in QCI-

NABET’s letter of accreditation bearing no. QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/21/1612 dated Feb 01, 2021. The accreditation needs

to be renewed before the expiry date Gaurang Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd following due process of assessment.

Sr. Director, NABET Certificate No. Valid till

Dated: July 16, 2021 NABET/EIA/2023/RA 0192 (Rev.01) Jan 19, 2023 For the updated List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations with approved Sectors please refer to QCI-NABET website.

Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

List of ACOs with their Certificate / Extension Letter no. Rev. 23, May 09, 2022 Page 7

111. Rajasthan ORG000482 Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. NABET/EIA/2123/RA0221 19-10-2023

112. Rajasthan ORG000432 Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd. NABET/EIA/2023/RA 0183 12-12-2023

113. Rajasthan ORG000747 Envirogreen Consultants (India) Pvt. Ltd NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0185 08-06-2022

114. Rajasthan ORG000958 Gaurang Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd. NABET/EIA/2023/RA 0192 19-01-2023

115. Rajasthan ORG000929 N S envirotech Laboratories & Consultants NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0173 18-08-2022

116. Rajasthan ORG000928 Ramji Mine Envirotech QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/22/2275 10-06-2022

117. Rajasthan ORG001001 Vitatsta Enviro Services Private Limited NABET/EIA/2124/IA0093 15-12-2024

118. Tamil Nadu ORG000329 Aadhi Boomi Mining and Enviro Tech Private Limited NABET/EIA/2124/RA 0228 22-10-2024

119. Tamil Nadu ORG000715 ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited NABET/EIA/1922/RA0155 24-05-2022

120. Tamil Nadu ORG000655 Chennai Testing Laboratory Private Limited NABET/EIA/2023/SA 0152 15-08-2023

121. Tamil Nadu ORG000404 Cholamandalam MS Risk Services NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0170 23-05-2022

122. Tamil Nadu ORG000346 Eco Services India Private Limited NABET/EIA/2124/RA 0214 02-04-2024

123. Tamil Nadu ORG000440 Eco Tech Labs Pvt. Ltd. NABET/EIA/2124/SA0147 15-09-2023

124. Tamil Nadu ORG000500 Enviro Care India Private Limited QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/22/2280 15-06-2022

125. Tamil Nadu ORG000842 Geo Exploration & Mining Solutions NABET/EIA/1922/SA 0139 06-08-2022

126. Tamil Nadu ORG000835 Indomer Coastal Hydraulics (P) Ltd NABET/EIA/2023/RA0207 13-09-2023

127. Tamil Nadu ORG000765 Olympia Eco Solutions Private Limited NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0130 26-06-2022

128. Tamil Nadu ORG000785 Pollucare Engineers India Private Limited QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/22/2347 08-08-2022

129. Tamil Nadu ORG000827 Creative Engineers & Consultants NABET/EIA/2023/RA 0187 23-03-2023







FINAL EIA/EMP REPORT

Project: Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) and Hydrochloric Acid (100

TPD to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit, Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh




CHAPTER I

Introduction







INDEX

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ................................................................................. 12

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT ...................... 13

1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT .................................................................... 13

1.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT ............................................ 15

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND

ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION .......................................... 15

1.3.1 NATURE OF THE PROJECT .................................................................................... 15

1.3.2 SIZE OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................ 16

1.3.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ................................................................................ 16

1.3.4 PROJECTIMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY/ REGION .............................................. 17

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY– DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED

OUT (AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE) ........................................................... 18

1.4.1 POINT WISE COMPLIANCE OFTERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) ...................... 19

1.5 APPLICABLE RULES/REGULATION/ACTS ..................................................... 38

********







CHAPTER - I: INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Gaurang Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd. has been assigned the job by Shivtek Ind. Pvt.

Ltd. to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies and preparation of EIA

report with suitable EMP for expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to

125 TPD) and Hydrochloric Acid –byproduct (100 TPD to 250 TPD) manufacturing unit

located at Survey No. 62/A, Part II, located in the Industrial Complex of M/s Sree

Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd. (SRAAC), at Village Gondiparla, Kurnool

Mandal, District Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh.

The project activity is listed at item 5(f) (Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry) in

Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006 and subsequent amendments as Category “A” due to:

Applicability of General Condition: Telangana and Andhra Pradesh interstate

boundary lies within 5 km (0.68 km toward ENE)

radius of the project site.

The project, after obtaining CTE dated 24.01.2011 & Consent for Operation (CFO)

dated 31.12.2011 from APPCB, commenced its operations in the year 2012 without

obtaining prior environmental clearance hence it is violation case in respect to EIA

Notification dated 14th

March 2017. The project proponent now proposes to obtain

Environmental Clearance for the project under violation category with the expansion in its

existing production capacity as Category “A” project from MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

The objective of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report is:

To identify, predict and evaluate the environmental, economical, and social impact due

to project activities;

To provide information on the environmental consequences for decision making and;

To promote environmentally sound and sustainable development through the

identification of appropriate alternatives and mitigation measures.







Baseline studies for one season i.e. during December 2018 – February 2019 (Winter

Season) and additional one month study for January 2022 along with field surveys were

conducted and potential environmental impacts of the project activities are identified,

assessed and their mitigation measures are documented in this EIA/EMP report.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. established in the year 2011, is involved in the

manufacturing of Chlorinated Paraffin & Hydrochloric Acid (byproduct) at Survey

No. 62/A, Part II, inside the Industrial Complex of M/S Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied

Chemicals Ltd, at Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh with the

production capacities as 50 MT/day and 100 MT/Day respectively since 2012.

M/s Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd is a private industrial complex;

Environmental Clearance for the same has been obtained vide F. No. 11011/84/2016-

IA II(1) dated 01.05.2018 from MoEF&CC, New Delhi. Copy of Environmental

Clearance is enclosed as Annexure XXVII.

The production activities were stalled with immediate effect due to fire accident

08.10.2016 in industry premises (reason: fire in oil storage tank). M/s Shivtek

constructed & restored plant & machinery that suffered damage in the fire and

upgraded the firefighting system after obtaining revocation order for doing the same

from APPCB vide letter dated 04.08.2017. The production was resumed in 2018 after

taking due diligence of obtaining NOC from fire department after shifting of Oil

storage tank to other place within plant premises and obtaining CFO under chapter

25/26 of the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and under chapter

21 of Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Authorization under

Rule 6 of the Hazardous and other waste (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 vide Order No. KLN-287/APPCB/ZO-

KNL/CFO&HWM/2017 dated 02.02.2018 valid till 30.11.2021. Application for the







renewal of same has been submitted vide Application ID PRN2100834 dated

21.10.2021.

The company now intends to expand the unit in terms of its production capacity

(incentives are available from the Govt. of Andhra Pradesh) as under:

Table 1.1: Production capacity

Products Production Capacity

Existing Proposed Total

Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer 50 TPD 75 TPD 125 TPD

Hydrochloric Acid (By-product) 100 TPD 150 TPD 250 TPD

A plot of 10117.10 sq.m. (1 Ha.) has been provided by M/s SRAAC Ltd. to M/s

Shivtek Industries. Pvt. Ltd. on lease basis inside the industrial area of SRAAC Ltd.,

where Chlorine gas is supplied through pipelines from M/s SRAAC Ltd. to Shivtek

plant and the sniff gases emitted during manufacturing process from Shivtek Plant is

neutralized in M/s SRAAC neutralization plant. Land documents are enclosed as

Annexure VI

Since Chlorine gas is the basic raw material which is hazardous in nature, its filling,

transportation and uses involve lots of precautions. Hence, if Chlorinated

Hydrocarbons are manufactured near the origin of Chlorine production, the risk of

transporting Chlorine from a distant place will reduce to a great extent. Chlorine is

provided by Sree Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied products (SRAAC Ltd.) through pipe

lines. It reduces risk of long-distance Chlorine transportation.

The total plot area of the project is 10117.10 sq. m. No additional land is required for

the proposed expansion. The estimated capital cost of the project will be Rs. 700 Lakh

[Existing 430 Lakh (considering depreciation) + proposed 270 Lakh].







1.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd, Kurnool is a MSME unit registered at District Industry

Centre Kurnool. The unit has corporate identity number U24100DL2009 PTC 188730

2008-09 and is registered under Companies Act 1956 as Pvt. Ltd. Company. It is

engaged in manufacturing of Chlorinated Paraffin and by product HCL since January,

2012 at village Gondiparla, Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh. It is exporting its product from

last 5 to 6 years and has been awarded with “Star Export House” from Govt. of

India (DGFT).

Registered Office: ‘Shiva House’, 802-804, Pearl Best Heights Tower-II, Netaji

Subhash Place, Pitampura, New Delhi 110034.

Directors:

1. Shri Shiv Kumar Nenwani (Authorized signatory)

2. Shri Amit Nenwani

3. Smt Kashish Nenwani

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE

PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION

1.3.1 NATURE OF THE PROJECT

The proposal involves expansion in production capacity of the chlorinated paraffin

plasticizer and hydrochloric acid manufacturing unit, M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. The

proposed expansion will involve manufacturing of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50

TPD to 125 TPD) and Hydrochloric Acid (100 TPD to 250 TPD). The project is a

violation case and requires Environmental Clearance as category A {item 5(f) (Synthetic

Organic Chemicals Industry) in Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006 and subsequent

amendments} project from MoEF&CC, New Delhi due to reasons mentioned above at S.

No. 1.1







1.3.2 SIZE OF THE PROJECT

The size of the project is detailed is given below:-

Table 1.2: Size of the project

S. N. Particulars Description


1. Plot area 10117.1 sq.m. - 10117.1 sq.m.

2. Nature and Size

of the Project

Chlorinated Paraffin

Plasticizer : 50 TPD

Hydrochloric Acid (By-

product): 100 TPD




product): 150 TPD




product): 250 TPD

3. Project cost Rs. 430 Lakh Rs. 270 Lakh Rs. 700 Lakh

4. Water demand 87 KLD 113 KLD 200 KLD

Source SRAAC supply

5. Modular STP - 2.0 KLD 2.0 KLD

6. Power demand

&

210 kVA 190 kVA 400 kVA

Source Andhra Pradesh Power Corporation Limited, by SRAAC Ltd

7. Power Backup

(DG set)

100 KVA

62 KVA

40 KVA

320 KVA

(-)62 KVA

(-)40 KVA

100 KVA

320 KVA

8. Manpower 45 persons - 45 persons

1.3.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The project is located at Survey No. 62/A, Part II inside the Industrial Complex of M/S

Sree Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd at Village Gondiparla, Tehsil & District

Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh. The project area is a part of the Survey of India Toposheet No.

D44A1 and has an average altitude of 274 m above MSL.







Table 1.3: Access to the Project Site

Particulars Name Distance (Km) & Direction(From

Project Boundary)

Nearest Railway Station Kurnool City Railway Station 4.0 km towards WSW

Nearest National

Highway/State

Highway/Major Road

SRAAC road 0.86 km towards WSW

MDR 13 2.0 km towards WNW

MDR 12 2.1 km towards WNW

340 C 3.7 km towards WSW

NH 44 5.6 km towards SW

MDR 172 7.0 km towards WSW

Nearest Airport Kurnool airport 18 km towards SE

1.3.4 PROJECT IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY/ REGION

Chlorinated Paraffins (CPs) have been produced for a wide range of applications, mostly

in open uses, such as metalworking fluids, lubricants, coolants or additives in consumer

goods. Increasing building and construction projects in India are expected to drive the

demand for chlorinated paraffin wax market. Asia Pacific and Latin America are more

attractive region for vendors in the Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Market. Manufacturers and

players operational within the global chlorinated paraffin wax market are adopting

various novel strategies in a bid to expand their geographical presence across various

regions. Players in its manufacturing market are taking steps to develop environmentally

friendly products in the global chlorinated paraffin wax market that can provide various

benefits including easy disposal, corrosion resistance, and ease of endurance to chloride.

Indian Hydrochloric acid market is projected to grow at a healthy CAGR of 7.31%

during the forecast period. It is extensively used in steel, textile, and food industries. In

the wake of growing steel industry in India, there is a boost in the demand of HCl in the

market. Growing construction and mining activities are other major drivers for the Indian

HCl market. India is a major exporter of HCl, refined petroleum and textiles are among

the most exported products from India accounting for around 2% of India’s GDP.







Moreover, with the increasing demand of HCl for the development of food and chemical

products globally, the demand for Hydrochloric Acid exports from India is also expected

to rise. In 2020, due to the onset of COVID-19, The food and beverage and textile

industry has been severely impacted. the decline in the demand of chemicals and

petrochemicals has created a slump in demand of Hydrochloric Acid. However, the

rising demand of the Hydrochloric acid in the steel and textile industry will boost the

HCl market during the forecast period. Hence, the proposed expansion will cater to the

need of the society.

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY– DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING

CARRIED OUT (AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE)

The application for obtaining Terms of Reference (ToR) for the proposed project was

submitted to MoEF&CC on Parivesh web portal dated 10.01.2018. The project was

prescribed with ToR to carry out EIA/EMP studies as under.

Standard Terms of Reference (ToR) by MoEF& CC, New Delhi vide letter no. No. A-J-

11011/21/2018-IA-II(I) dated 15.02.2018 and

Under violation of EIA Notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March, 2017 vide letter

No. IA-J-11011/21/2018-IA-II (I) dated 13.03.2020

Copy of ToR letters are enclosed as Annexure I.

The public hearing for the project was conducted on 05th

November, 2021. Details of the

same are addressed in chapter VII and public hearing proceedings enclosed as Annexure

IX.

Baseline studies for one season i.e. during December 2018 – February 2019 (Winter

Season) and additional one month study for January 2022 was collected within study area

of 10 km radius. Monitoring reports are enclosed as Annexure X.

The final EIA/EMP report incorporates the EIA studies carried out and time bound action

plan to address public hearing issues and with budgetary allocation for EMP, remediation







plan and natural and community resource augmentation plan and is being submitted for

appraisal before the EAC (Industrial Projects - 3).

1.4.1 POINT WISE COMPLIANCE OFTERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

The point wise compliance of the conditions laid down in the ToR is detailed as under: -

Table 1.4 (a): Compliance of Standard TOR

S.No Compliance of Terms or Reference Response

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1 Executive Summary Executive Summary is given in chapter XI of

the EIA Report.

2 Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant

including NABET accreditation

EIA Consultant: Gaurang Environmental

Solutions Pvt. Ltd., Jaipur, Rajasthan

List of QCI/NABET Consultants: S. No. 115

(As on January 2022)

Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/2023/RA 0192

(Rev.01)

ii. Information about the project

proponent

M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd, Kurnool is a

MSME unit registered at District Industry

Centre Kurnool.

Registered Office: ‘Shiva House’, 802-804,

Pearl Best Heights Tower-II, Netaji Subhash

Place, Pitampura, New Delhi 110034.

Authorized signatory: Shri Shiv Kumar

Nenwani (Director)

iii. Importance and benefits of the project Importance and benefits of the project is

discussed in chapter 1 7 chapter 8 of this EIA

Report

3 Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion. Cost of Project for the Proposed Expansion

Project is Rs. 700 Lakh (Existing 430 Lakh +







proposed 270 Lakh). Details are provided in

chapter 2.

ii. Products with capacities for the

proposed project.



Chlorinated

Paraffin

Plasticizer

50 TPD 75 TPD 125

TPD

Hydrochloric

Acid (By-

product)

100

TPD 150 TPD

250

TPD

Details of products with capacities for the

proposed expansion are given in chapter 2.

iii. If expansion project, details of

existing products with capacities and

whether adequate land is available

for expansion, reference of earlier

EC if any.

Products with existing capacities and proposed

capacities are provided in chapter 2. Details

regarding the land availability are provided in

chapter 2.

Also land documents are attached as

Annexure VI

iv. List of raw materials required and

their source along with mode of

transportation.

List of raw materials required and their source

along with mode of transportation is provided

in chapter 2.

v. Other chemicals and materials

required with quantities and storage

capacities

List of raw materials required and their source

along with mode of transportation is provided

in chapter 2.

vi. Details of emission, effluents,

hazardous waste generation and their

management.

Details of emission, effluents, hazardous waste

generation and their management are given in

chapter 4.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with

source of supply, status of approval,

water balance diagram, man-power

requirement (regular and contract)

Water requirement

• Existing: 101 KLD

• Proposed: 99 KLD

• Total : 200 KLD

Manpower: 45 persons

Power requirement: 400 Kva

• Existing : 210 KVA

• Proposed: 190 KVA







• Total: 400 KVA

Source for power & water: SRAAC

Details are given in Chapter 2 of the Final

EIA/EMP report.

viii Process description along with major

equipment and machineries, process

flow sheet (quantative) from raw

material to products to be provided

Process description is provided in chapter 2.

ix. Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems.

Hazard identification and details of proposed

safety measures are provided in chapter 7.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a Copy of all the

Environmental Clearance(s)

including Amendments

thereto obtained for the

project from MOEF/SEIAA

shall be attached as an

Annexure. A certified copy of

the latest Monitoring Report

of the Regional Office of the

Ministry of Environment and

Forests as per circular dated

30th May, 2012 on the status

of compliance of conditions

stipulated in all the existing

environmental clearances

including Amendments shall

be provided. In addition,

status of compliance of

Consent to Operate for the

ongoing existing operation of

The plant/unit was earlier set up with the

consent to establish dated 24.01.2011 from

State Pollution Control Board, Andhra

Pradesh vide grant order no.KNL-

287/PCB/ZOK/C.Estt/2010-920.

Subsequently, the unit is reported to be in

operation with consent to operate renewed

from time to time by the SPCB. The consent

to operate is presently valid upto 30.11.2021

vide order no. KNL-287/APPCB/ZO-

KNL/CFO&HWM/2017

All the Consent Letters are is attached as

Annexure VIII along with certified

compliance report of the latest CFO.







the project from SPCB shall

be attached with the EIA-

EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has

not obtained environmental

clearance, reasons for not taking

EC under the provisions of the

EIA Notification 1994 and/or

EIA Notification 2006 shall be

provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection

Certificate and Consent to

Operate (in case of units

operating prior to EIA

Notification 2006, CTE and

CTO of FY 2005-2006)

obtained from the SPCB shall

be submitted. Further,

compliance report to the

conditions of consents from

the SPCB shall be submitted.

The existing unit has not obtained EC, hence it

is the case of violation. The proponent

obtained the CTO from APCB from time to

time. The consent to operate is presently valid

upto 30.11.2021 vide order no. KNL-

287/APPCB/ZO-KNL/CFO&HWM/2017

All the Consent Letters are is attached as

Annexure VIII along with certified

compliance report of the latest CFO.

4 Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and

State, Justification for selecting the site,

whether other sites were considered.

The project is located at located at Survey No.

62/A, Part II, at Village Gondiparla, District

Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh. No other sites were

considered for the project.

ii. A topo sheet of the study area of

radius of 10km and site location on

1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2

sheet. (including all eco- sensitive

areas and environmentally sensitive

Topomap showing project site and 10 Km

radius study area is enclosed as Annexure

XXII.







places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for

selection of site

Proposal is for expansion of manufacturing

capacity within existing plant site, hence no

alternative sites have been analysed.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site.

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of

the site are given in chapter 2.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the

project site.

Google Earth Map of the project site is given

in Chapter 2.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit

as well as proposed unit indicating

storage area, plant area, greenbelt area,

utilities etc. If located within an

Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout

of Industrial Area indicating location

of unit within the Industrial

area/Estate.

Site Plan of the project site is given in chapter

2 and enclosed as Annexure XX.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site. If

existing, show Photographs of

plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Photographs of the project site and green belt

are given in Chapter 2.

viii. Land use break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired),

government/ private - agricultural,

forest, wasteland, water bodies,

settlements, etc shall be included. (not

required for industrial area)

Land use breakup of the study area is provided

in Chapter 3.

ix. A list of major industries with name

and type within study area (10km

A list of major industries with name and type

within study area is given in chapter 3.







radius) shall be Incorporated. Land use

details of the study area


in chapter 3.

x. Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area

shall be included.

Geological features and Geo-hydrological

status of the study area provided in chapter 3.

xi. Details of drainage of the project upto

5km radius of study area. If the site is

within 1 km radius of any major river,

peak and lean season river discharge

as well as flood occurrence Frequency

based on peak rainfall data of the past

30 years. Details of Flood Level of the

Project site and maximum Flood

Level of the river shall also be

provided. (mega green field projects)

Drainage pattern of the study area is given in

chapter 3.

No river is flowing within 1 Km radius of the

study area.

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If

acquisition is not complete, stage of

the acquisition process and expected

time of complete possession of the

land.

The proposed expansion is within existing

plant. Details regarding the land availability

are provided in chapter chapter 2.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line

with state Government policy.

Not applicable to this project

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of

forest land (forestry clearance), if any,

and recommendations of the State

Forest Department. (if applicable)

Not applicable

ii. Land use map based on High

resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of

the proposed site delineating the

forestland (in case of projects


in chapter 3.

No forest land is involved in this project.







involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for

obtaining the stage I forestry clearance

along with latest status shall be

submitted.

Not Applicable

iv. The projects to be located within 10

km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Migratory

Corridors of Wild Animals, the project

proponent shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features vis-à-

vis the project location and the

recommendations or comments of the

Chief Wildlife Warden- There on.

There are no National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of

Wild Animals within the impact area of 10 km


10 KM radius toposheet showing project site

& environmental sensitivity is enclosed as

Annexure XXII.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government for

conservation of Schedule I fauna, if

any exists in the study area.

Wildlife conservation plan has been prepared

for Schedule I species (peafowl & blackbuck)

& an amount of Rs. 4.0 Lakh has been

allocated for the same. Authentication of the

same is under process with concerned

authority. Submission receipt is enclosed as

Annexure XIX.

vi. Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing

Committee of the National Board for

Wildlife.

Not Applicable

6 Environmental Status







i. Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project site and

site-specific micrometeorological data

using temperature, relative humidity,

hourly wind speed and direction and

rainfall.

Site-specific micrometeorological data

presented in chapter 3.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX, CO and other parameters

relevant to the project shall be

collected. The monitoring stations shall

be based CPCB guidelines and take

into account the pre-dominant wind

direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors including

reserved forests.

AAQ monitoring locations (8 nos) and

analysis data are given in chapter 3.

The monitoring stations, selected are based on

CPCB guidelines and taken into account the

pre-dominant wind direction, population zone

and sensitive receptors including

reserved forests.

Baseline monitoring reports (December 2018

to February 2019 and January 2022) are

enclosed as Annexure X.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for

12 weeks of all stations as per

frequency given in the NAQQM

Notification of Nov. 2009 along with -

min., max., average and 98% values

for each of the AAQ parameters from

data of all AAQ stations should be

provided as an annexure to the EIA

Report.

AAQ data is presented in Chapter 3 of EIA

report.




iv. Surface water quality of nearby River

(100m upstream and downstream of

discharge point) and other surface

drains at eight locations as per

CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Surface water monitoring has been carried out

at 8 locations in study area. Summary of

monitoring & toposheet showing monitoring

location are given in Chapter 3.










v. Whether the site falls near to polluted

stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

The site does not fall near polluted stretch of

river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum

at 8 locations shall be included.

Ground water monitoring has been carried out

at 8 locations in study area. Summary of






vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations

within the study area.

Noise level monitoring has been carried out at

8 locations in study area. Summary of






viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB

guidelines.

Soil quality monitoring has been carried out at

5 locations in study area. Summary of






ix. Traffic study of the area, type of

vehicles, frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials, additional

traffic due to proposed project, parking

arrangement etc.

Baseline Traffic study is given as Annexure X

and details of additional traffic due to

proposed project, parking arrangement etc. are

given in chapter Chapter 4.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna Baseline status of Eco biodiversity of the







(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the

study area shall be given with special

reference to rare, endemic and

endangered species. If Schedule-I

fauna are found within the study area, a

Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished.

study area is presented in chapter 3.

Peafowl & Blackbuck (Schedule I species)

have been reported in study area and

conservation plan prepared for the same has

been submitted to concerned authority for

approval. Copy of submission receipt is

enclosed as Annexure XIX.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study

area.

Socio-economic status of the study area is

presented in chapter 3.

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the

stack emission based on site-specific

meteorological features. In case the

project is located on a hilly terrain, the

AQIP Modelling shall be done using

inputs of the specific terrain

characteristics for determining the

potential impacts of the project on the

AAQ. Cumulative impact of all

sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of the area

shall be assessed. Details of the model

used and the input data used for

modelling shall also be provided. The

air quality contours shall be plotted on

a location map showing the location of

project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any.

In order to predict the particulate emissions,

AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD

version-9.5) based on study state Gaussian

Plume Dispersion was used for Air Quality

Modeling.

The inputs required for the model are:-

Hourly Meteorological Data.

Source Data

Receptor Data

Programme Control Parameters – Topography, Elevation, Terrain etc.

The detail has been given in Chapter- 4 of

EIA/ EMP Report.

The project is not located on a hilly terrain.

The air quality contours or isopleths plotted on

a toposheet is given in chapter 4.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of

discharge in water body

Not Applicable.

The unit maintains zero liquid discharge.







iii. Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this regard,

options for transport of raw materials

and finished products and wastes (large

quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

transport or conveyor cum- rail

transport shall be examined.

Raw material Hydrocarbons is imported from

Saudi Arabia, USA, Houston and Korea etc,

whereas chlorine gas is supplied by M/s

SRAAC.

Prediction of impact due to additional

vehicular traffic is detailed in chapter 4.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater

from different plant operations, extent

recycled and reused for different

purposes shall be included.

Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of untreated

and treated effluent to meet the

prescribed standards of discharge

under E (P) Rules.

No industrial waste water is/ will be generated

from the plant. Domestic waste water to the

tune of 1.8 KLD will be treated in a modular

STP of capacity 2 KLD. 1.70 KLD STP

treated water will be used for green belt.

v. Details of stack emission and action

plan for control of emissions to meet

standards.

Stack emissions will be from HSD fired 1.0

TPH Non-IBR Boiler and DG Set (320 KVA 7

100 KVA). Details and management plan is

given in chapter 4.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Measures for fugitive emission control are

given in Chapter 4

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation

and their storage, utilization and

management. Copies of MOU

regarding utilization of solid and

hazardous waste in cement plant shall

also be included. EMP shall include the

concept of waste-

The details of Hazardous waste generation

existing as well as proposed and their storage,

utilization and disposal is given in Chapter 4.







minimization, recycle/ reuse/ recover

Techniques, Energy conservation, and

natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,

2009. A detailed plan of action shall be

provided.

Not Applicable.

ix. Action plan for the green belt

development plan in 33 % area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees per

ha. Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc.

shall be included. The green belt shall

be around the project boundary and a

scheme for greening of the roads used

for the project shall also be

incorporated.

Green belt is being developed in 33% i.e.

3337.65 Square Meters of the project area.

Total no of plants required to be planted are

845. M/s Shivtek has already planted 300 nos

of trees. Details of greenbelt development are

provided in chapter 4. Landscape plan is

enclosed as Annexure XXI.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from

the roof tops and storm water drains to

recharge the ground water and also to

use for the various activities at the

project site to conserve fresh water and

reduce the water requirement from

other sources.

The roof-top run-off shall be collected in a rain

water storage tank within plant site and reused

for plant and process. Action plan for

rainwater harvesting is provided in chapter 4.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental pollution

control measures shall be included.

The tentative EMP cost is as below:

Total capital cost: Rs. 97.50 Lakh (existing:

71.50 Lakh; proposed: 26.0 Lakh)

Total recurring cost per annum: Rs. 16 Lakh

(existing: 3.8 Lakh; proposed: 12.2 Lakh)







xii. Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.

The monitoring plan along with the

environmental parameters and the time frame

is presented in the chapter 6.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural

and Man- made) Preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and

damage control. Disaster management

plan should be linked with District

Disaster Management Plan.

Onsite Emergency Management Plan is

enclosed as Annexure XXIII. Risk

Assessment and damage control are elaborated

in Chapter VII in EIA/EMP Report.

8 Occupational Health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all

contract and casual workers

Occupational health &safety plan of all

contract and casual workers is given in

Chapter 7 of EIA/EMP Report.

Fund allocation for EMP including

occupational health & safety is given in

Chapter 4.

ii. Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

workers' health is being evaluated by

pre designed format, chest x rays,

Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing

(Far & Near vision, colour vision and

any other ocular defect) ECG, during

pre-placement and Periodical

examinations give the details of the

same. Details regarding last month

analyzed data of above mentioned

parameters as per age, sex, duration of

exposure and department wise.

Initial & periodical medical examination of

workers is being carried out. Latest health

checkup records are enclosed as Annexure

XXIV.

iii. Details of existing Occupational &

Safety Hazards. What are the

Details of existing Occupational Health &

Safety Hazards & exposure level of hazard &







exposure levels of hazards and

whether they are within Permissible

Exposure level (PEL). If these are not

within PEL, what measures the

company has adopted to keep them

within PEL so that health of the

workers can be preserved,

PEL along with Measures for Occupational

Health & Safety of workers is given in

Chapter 7

iv. Annual report of health status of

workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety.

Medical health records of workers are

enclosed as Annexure XXIV.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid

down Environment Policy approved by

its Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.

The company will implement a well-defined

environmental, health & safety policy. The

environment related principles pn to which the

company shall adhere to are as below:

Ensure dissemination of environmental

related information and training to

employees

Compliance of provisions of applicable

environmental laws and reporting of non-

compliances to management for remedial

action.

Waste minimization, recycling, energy

conservation.

Reduce and prevent pollution.

Active participation in Social Welfare and

Developmental activities.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe

for standard operating process /

procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation/violation of

the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in

Environment engineer is responsible to bring

into focus to higher management in case of

deviation/ violation of the environmental or

forest norms / conditions.







the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to

deal with the environmental issues and

for ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance Conditions?

Details of this system may be given.

The non-compliances/violation of

environmental norms are reported immediately

to the board of directors by the plant manager

and review is done on quarterly basis

regarding the performance of the Company on

Environmental parameters.

iv. Does the company have system of

reporting of non compliances /

violations of environmental norms to

the Board of Directors of the company

and / or shareholders or stakeholders

at large? This reporting mechanism

shall be detailed in the EIA report

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such

as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be

provided to the labour force during

construction as well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during operation

phase.

This is an existing plant & facilities for

sanitation, rest rooms, medical aid, drinking

water etc have already been provided in the

plant premises.

The expansion project does not involve any

major construction works & most work force

during construction phase will be sourced

locally.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the

project cost) shall be earmarked

towards the Enterprise Social

Commitment based on Public Hearing

issues and item-wise details along with

time bound action plan shall be

Total Rs 7.50 Lakh has been earmarked

towards Social Enterprise budget based on

Public Hearing issues and item-wise details

along with time bound action plan is given in

Chapter 7.







included. Socio-economic

development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

12 Any litigation pending against the project

and/or any direction/order passed by any

Court of Law against the project, if so, details

thereof shall also be included. Has the unit

received any notice under the Chapter 5 of

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or

relevant Chapters of Air and Water Acts? If

so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to

the notice(s) and present status of the case.

Calendar case has been filed by the APPCB,

Kurnool in the JFCM Court, Kurnool

(2116/2021 dated 18.10.2021) under the

Environment Protection Act, Air (Prevention

& control of pollution) Act and Water

(prevention & control of pollution) Act for

violation case.

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TOR.

A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TOR is provided in

chapter 1.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC

CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND

INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC

ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL

INTERMEDIATES)

1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for

solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Not Applicable

2 Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

Details of emissions and their control

measures are provided in chapter 4.

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC,

other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*,

chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, etc. (*-as

applicable)

Ambient air quality data including process

specific pollutants is presented in chapter 3.

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for

hazardous chemicals.

Details regarding work zone monitoring

programme is presented in chapter 6.

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including There is no effluent generation from process.







segregation of effluent streams for units

adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Domestic effluent generated will be treated in

proposed 2.0 KLD STP & treated water will

be recycled for plantation. Details given in

Chapter 2.

6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted. The process is done in closed reactors/vessels

and measures are in place to avoid chlorine

leakage. Thus there are no odour issues.

Good housekeeping practices will ensure no

odour generation from STP operations.

7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding

signed with cement manufacturers indicating

clearly that they co-process organic

solid/hazardous waste generated.

Not Applicable

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous

waste in TSDF, if any.

Not applicable since no Industrial effluent is

generated from the unit.

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers

salts.

Not applicable since no Industrial effluent is

generated from the unit.

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be used.

Material Safety Data Sheet is attached as

Annexure XVI.

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Not Applicable. Only used oil is/will be

generated which is being disposed off to

authorized recyclers as per CFO by APPCB.

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not Applicable

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Risk Assessment for hazardous chemical is

provided in chapter 7.

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety

of workers engaged in handling of toxic

materials.

Arrangements for ensuring health and safety

of workers engaged in handling of toxic

materials are provided in chapter 7.







Table 1.4 (a): Compliance of the Violation ToR

S. No. Conditions Reply

1. The State Government/SPCB to take action against

the project proponent under the provisions of the

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and further no

consent to operate to be issued till the project is

granted EC.

Calendar case has been filed by the

APPCB, Kurnool in the JFCM Court,

Kurnool (2116/2021 dated 18.10.2021)

under the Environment Protection Act,

Air (Prevention & control of pollution)

Act and Water (prevention & control of

pollution) Act for violation case.

Copy of summon & present status of

case enclosed as Annexure V.

2. The project proponent shall be acquired to submit a

bank guarantee equivalent to the amount of

remediation plan and natural and community

resources augmentation plan with the SPCB prior to

the grant of EC. The quantum shall be recommended

by the EAC and finalized by the regulatory authority.

The bank guarantee shall be released after successful

implementation of the EMP, followed by

recommendations of the EAC and approval of the

regulatory authority.

Bank guarantee equivalent to the

amount of remediation plan and natural

and community resources augmentation

plan will be submitted prior to the grant

of EC duly recommended by EAC-

MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

Details given in Chapter 13.

3. Assessment of ecological damage with respect to air,

water, land and other environmental attributes. The

collection and analysis of data shall be done by an

environmental laboratory duly notified under the

Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 or an

environmental laboratory accredited by NABL, or a

laboratory of a Council of Scientific and Industrial

Research (CSIR) institution working in the field of

environment.

Assessment of ecological damage with

respect to air, water, land and other

environmental attributes has been done

and given in a separate chapter 13.

Baseline monitoring carried out by

NABL accredited lab

4. Preparation of EMP comprising remediation plan

and natural and community resource augmentation

plan corresponding to the ecological damage

assessed and economic benefits derived due to

violation.

Remediation plan and natural and

community resource augmentation plan

corresponding to the ecological damage

assessed and economic benefits derived

due to violation are discussed in a







separate chapter 13.

5. The remediation plan and natural and community

resources augmentation plan to be prepared as an

independent chapter (13) in the EIA report by the

accredited consultants.

The remediation plan and natural and

community resources augmentation

plan is prepared as an independent

chapter i.e. chapter 13.

6. Budget of remediation plan and natural and

community resources augmentation plan

corresponding to the ecological damage shall be

completed within three years and to be prepared

accordingly.

M/S Shivtek industries Pvt ltd Sy.

No.62/A Part GONDIPARLA Kurnool

(A.P.) hereby undertake that the

Remediation Plan and natural

community plan resource augmentation

plan as prepared and approved towards

corresponding to ecological damage

will be completed within the three years

of implementation date.

7. Economic benefit accrued during violation period

with certification from concerned finance

department.

Economic benefit accrued during

violation period with certification from

concerned finance department is given

in chapter 13 and certification is

attached as Annexure XI.

8. Public hearing shall be conducted as per the EIA

notification, 2006.

Public hearing has been conducted and

the details are presented in chapter 7.

Public hearing proceedings are enclosed

as Annexure IX.

9. One season fresh base line data (BLD) to be

generated for preparation of EIA/EMP report. PP

may use the data already collected BLD, subject to

kits validity of three years at the time of submission

of EC application.

The baseline data was collected during

winter season (Dec 2018 - Feburary

2019) & one month additional study

during January 2022. Details are

provided in chapter 3.

Baseline monitoring reports are


10. The project proponent should also address all the

issues raised during public hearing along with

commitments made and with fund provision to

address above issues in tabular form to be submitted

along with EIA/EMP report.

Action plan prepared to address issues

raised during public hearing fund

provision are addressed in tabular form

and given in Chapter 7.







11. Fund allocated for Corporate Environmental

Responsibility (CER) shall be made as per Ministry’s

O.M. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018 for

various activities therein. The details of fund

allocation and activities for CER shall be

incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

An amount of Rs. Rs 7.50 Lakh has

been earmarked towards Social

Enterprise budget as per CER Activities

as per Ministry’s O.M. No. 22-65/2017-

IA.III dated 1st May 2018. The same

will be directed towards addressing

issues raised during public hearing &

recommendations of the EAC based on

MoEF&CC O.M. 22-65/2017-IA.III

dated 30.09.2020. Details given in

Chapter 8.

12. Tungabhadra River is flowing about 1.5 Km from the

site therefore a plan for implantation of ZLD to be

submitted.

There is no effluent generation from

process. Domestic effluent generated

will be treated in proposed 2.0 KLD

STP & treated water will be recycled

for plantation. Details given in Chapter

2.

13. Source of water and its permission from concerned

authority.

Water requirement is being met from

M/s SRAAC. Details given in chapter 2.

Assurance letter for supply of water &

& MoU with SRAAC is attached as

Annexure III & XVIII

14. CFP conditions compliance report from concerned

region office of SPCB.

Certified Compliance report of CFO

conditions by APPCB is enclosed as

Annexure VIII

15. Please provide justification of capital cost of the

project with certification.

CA Certificate for capital cost of project

(including depreciation) is enclosed as

Annexure XXV.

16. Detailed Risk Assessment studies with modeling to

be submitted in the EIA/EMP Report.

A detailed risk assessment study with

modelling is provided in chapter 7.

17. Water requirement, waste water generation, water

balance and waste water treatment.

Details of source of water are given in

chapter 2. Water balance is given in

chapter 2.

18. Traffic density study to be carried out and impact

prediction modeling to be submitted in the EIA/EMP

Traffic density study is provided in

chapter 4.







report.

19. Layout plan earmarking space for 33% greenbelt

within industrial area with 15 m thick green belt

around the compound wall.

Layout Plan is enclosed as Annexure

XX

20. Details as per Annexure XI as mentioned in the

agenda shall be submitted.

Noted & will be complied.

1.5 APPLICABLE RULES/REGULATION/ACTS

The applicable Environmental Rules/Act/Regulation are applicable upon the project:-

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

EIA Notification, 2006

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules 1989 (MSIHC Rules);

Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016;

Hazardous and Other Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016

E-Waste (Management) Rules 2016

The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000

1.6 DETAILS OF REGULATORY COMPLIANCES

Details of regulatory compliances with respect to the project are as under:

S. No. Regulatory

compliance

Details Annexure Remarks

1. Land Ownership Land is on lease to M/s Shivtek

Industries Pvt. Ltd. by SRAAC

Ltd.

Annexure-VI --

2. Environmental

Clearance

-- -- The project is being

submitted for obtaining

Environmental

clearance under







S. No. Regulatory

compliance

Details Annexure Remarks

violation category

4. CTE granted by

APPCB

KNL-287 / PCB / ZOK / C.Estt

/ 2010-920 dated 24.01.2011

Annexure –VII --

Latest CFO granted

by APPCB under

Air & Water act &

authorization under

HoW Rules 2016

KLN-287 / APPCB / ZO-KNL

/ CFO & HWM / 2017 dated

02.02.2018

Annexure- VIII --

Certified

compliance for CFO

Conditions by

APPCB

Lr. No.

281/APPCB/RO/KNL/CFO/20

22 dated 26.03.2022

Annexure- VIII --

6. Approval of

conservation plan

for Schedule I fauna

in study area

Conservation plan submitted to

PCCF, Guntur for

authentication

Annexure- XIX.

--

7. Water supply

assurance

Water supply assurance

obtained form SRAAC

Annexure III &

XVIII

--

8. Fire NOC by

Andhra Pradesh

disaster response

and fire services

Department

7964/KRNL/RFO/2019 dated

17.06.2019

Annexure XV --

1.6 STATUS OF VARIOUS STATUTORY APPROVALS / PERMISSIONS

S. No. Necessary Approvals /

Applicable rules Applicability Remarks







S. No. Necessary Approvals /

Applicable rules Applicability Remarks

1. Environmental Clearance

under EIA Notification 2006

Applicable

As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sep,

2006 and its subsequent amendments, the

project falls under category B of schedule

5(f) (Synthetic Organic Chemicals

Industry).

2. CTE & CFO and consent to

operate under Water

(Prevention and Control of

Pollution) Act, 1974

Applicable

Domestic effluent generated from project

operations.

Emissions from boiler (non IBR) operation

and DG Set operation.

3. NOC from Central Ground

water Authority as per

Notification of Ministry of

Jal Shakti dated 26.10.2020

Not Applicable

Water demand will be met from SRAAC

Ltd.

4. Authorization under

Hazardous Waste

Management Rules 2016

Applicable

The project will generate waste which is

categorized as hazardous under HoW

Rules 2016 like Used oil

5. Authorization under Plastic

Waste Management Rules

2016.

Not Applicable

The project is a synthetic organic

chemicals manufacturing unit thus the

same is not applicable.

6. Authorization under

Biomedical waste Rules

2016.

Not Applicable

The project is a synthetic organic

chemicals manufacturing unit thus the

same is not applicable.

7. No Objection Certificate

from Airport Authority of

India as per Building Bye

laws 2020.

Not Applicable

The same is not applicable as the

nearest airport i.e Kurnool Airport ~

18 km towards SE from the project site

8. Manufacture Storage and

Import of Hazardous

Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules,

1989

Applicable

The project involves storage of hazardous

chemicals such as HCl & use of chlorine in

the process.

*************







CHAPTER II

Project Description







INDEX

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT 45

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT 45

2.3 LOCATION (MAPS SHOWING GENERAL LOCATION, SPECIFIC LOCATION,

PROJECT BOUNDARY & PROJECT SITE LAYOUT) 46

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION 48

2.4.1 LAND REQUIREMENT ................................................................................................................ 51

2.5 PROJECT FACILITIES 53

2.6 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 53

2.6.1 RAW MATERIAL DETAILS......................................................................................................... 53

2.6.2 WATER REQUIREMENT & SOURCE ........................................................................................ 53

2.7 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENT 54

2.7.1 STACK HEIGHT CALCULATION FOR D.G. SET ..................................................................... 55

2.7.2 FUEL REQUIREMENT ................................................................................................................. 56

2.7.3 ENERGY CONSERVATION ......................................................................................................... 56

2.8 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 57

2.9 PROPOSED SCHEDULE AND APPROVAL FOR IMPLEMENTATION 57

2.10 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION 58

2.10.1 Process Description of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer .................................................................. 58

2.11 SOURCES OF POLLUTION 64

2.11.1 AIR POLLUTION ........................................................................................................................... 65

2.11.2 WATER POLLUTION ................................................................................................................... 66

2.11.3 LAND POLLUTION/SOIL CONTAMINATION .......................................................................... 66

2.11.4 NOISE POLLUTION ...................................................................................................................... 67







2.11.5 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION, QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE &

DISPOSAL ...................................................................................................................................... 67

2.12 ASSESSMENT OF NEW TECHNOLOGY & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY 68

**************







Chapter II: Project Description

This chapter provides description of those aspects of the project (based on project feasibility

study), that are likely to cause environmental effects.

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

The project is for expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) and

Hydrochloric Acid (100 TPD to 250 TPD) manufacturing unit located at Survey No. 62/A,

Part II, near the Industrial Complex of M/s Sree Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals

Ltd. (SRAAC) at Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh. The project falls

under category A, item 5(f) (Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry), as per the Schedule of

the EIA Notification 2006 & its subsequent amendments. Therefore, the project requires

appraisal by the EAC, MOEF&CC, New Delhi.

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT

Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer is a secondary plasticizer used in P.V.C formulation. The

use of secondary plasticizer is closely linked with the growth of manufacturing of P.V.C.

The per capita consumption of PVC in India is only 2 kg in comparison to 11.8 kg in US

and 10.3 kg in China. The use of P.V.C is likely to grow in India substantially due to

growth of PVC based industries. Hence, the demand for Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer

is bound to grow in the years to come.

In India the demand for P.V.C. is increasing at a very fast pace due to rise in

consumption of P.V.C based goods and its extensive use in metal-based industries. If the

supply of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer is not increased proportionately, the gap

between demand and supply will increase further and the P.V.C based industries shall

have to depend upon imports. Besides the above there is high demand from the overseas







market. Hence, the expansion of the Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer unit is highly

needed.

Growth in Export Revenue & Domestic sale to fill the gap of supply of the same product

and thereby increasing the inflow of foreign currency which is much needed by our

country.

Boost to the Local service providers and the overall improvement in the economic

activities like Local raw materials Suppliers, Transporters, Contractors, clearing and

forwarding agents and other allied suppliers.

There will be very good opportunity of employment generation directly and indirectly

due to expansion project.

2.3 LOCATION (MAPS SHOWING GENERAL LOCATION, SPECIFIC

LOCATION, PROJECT BOUNDARY & PROJECT SITE LAYOUT)

The proposed project expansion is planned within the existing plant premises at Survey

No. 62/A, Part II, Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool and State Andhra Pradesh. The

plant falls outside the Notified Industrial area. Shivtek Ind. Pvt. Ltd has 10117.1 sq.m. The

land documents are attached as Annexure VI. No additional land is required for the

proposed expansion. The project area is a part of the Survey of India Toposheet No.

D44A1 and has an average altitude of 274 m above MSL.

Geographical coordinates of the project site are as below:

Point 1

Latitude : 15 ο50’55.25”N

Longitude : 78ο3’56.33”E

Point 2



Point 3



Point 4



General road location map & Google imagery showing, project site boundary, site

coordinates and surrounding features is given as Figure 2.1 & 2.2 respectively. Plant

Layout is given as Figure 2.3 in following sections.







Fig. 2.1: General Location Map of Project Site







Figure 2.2: Google earth imagery showing project boundary and surrounding features

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

This is a Brownfield project. The existing project is a of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer

(50 TPD) and Hydrochloric Acid-byproduct (100 TPD) manufacturing unit operational







since the year 2012 without obtaining prior environmental clearance hence it is violation

case in respect to EIA Notification dated 14th

March 2017. The project is located inside

the Industrial Complex of M/s Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd. which is a

private industrial complex. Environmental Clearance for the same has been obtained vide

F. No. 11011/84/2016-IA II (1) dated 01.05.2018 from MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

Now, the project proponent proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity in the existing

unit only as given in the table below.

The estimated capital cost of the proposed project is Rs.700 Lakh (Existing 430 Lakh +

proposed 270 Lakh).

Table 2.1: Production Capacity



Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer 50 TPD 75 TPD 125 TPD

Hydrochloric Acid (By-product) 100 TPD 150 TPD 250 TPD

Capacity of Existing Plant: Plant has 12 nos. reactors and each of capacity of 7.5 MT and

with 20 batches in a month in at least 10 reactors which will give production of 125 MT per

month per reactor

Capacity C.P. = 12 X 125

-------- = 50MT /day of Chlorinated Paraffin

30

Capacity HCL = 12X125X2

---------------------------

= 100MT /day of Hydrochloric Acid

30

Expansion of Existing Plant: The company was using PVC cooling towers where in

temperature of cooling water was limitation factor and has replaced these cooling towers

after fire incident with renowned northern street make wooden forced draft cooling towers







which has increased cooling capacity and heat transfer capacity in reactors. Company has

installed additional Graphite India make cooler also and hence capacity of each of reactor

has increased to 15 0MT per month. Company propose to install additional 13 reactors of

same capacity and hence after expansion capacity will be

Capacity C.P. = 25 X 150

= 125 MT /day

30

Capacity HCL = 2 X 25 X 150

= 250 MT /day

30

Table 2.2: Break-up of the project cost-expansion project

S. No Item Cost

1 Expansion of machinery and their foundation (Civil works) 40 Lakh

2 Preliminary and preoperative expenses 30 Lakh

3 Plant and machinery 170 Lakh

4 Misc. 30 Lakh

Total 270 Lakh







Figure 2.3: Existing Plant Photograph

2.4.1 LAND REQUIREMENT

The project is located at Survey No. 62/A, Part II inside the Industrial Complex of M/S

Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd at Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool,

Andhra Pradesh. The area is designated for Industrial use in which Shivtek has taken the

plot on lease. Copy of lease agreement is enclosed as Annexure VI. The tentative land-use

breakup of project site is as below.

Table 2.3: Land-use breakup of plot area

S. No. Particulars Area (in Sq. m.) % of total Area

1 Plant Area 4856.20 48

2 Greenbelt & Plantation 3338.6 33

3 Road 1112.90 11

4 Open & paved area 809.40 8.0

Total Area 10117.10 100







Figure 2.4: Plant Layout







2.5 PROJECT FACILITIES

The prime activities of the proposed expansion will comprise of manufacturing of

Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer and hydrochloric acid is generated as a byproduct. The

unit has a small HSD fired boiler (non-IBR) of capacity 1.0 TPH for steam generation.

2.6 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

2.6.1 RAW MATERIAL DETAILS

Detailed raw material requirement along with estimated quantity are as below:

Table 2.4: Raw material & fuel requirement

S. No. Name of Raw Material Quantity

1 Hydro Carbon Oils (Paraffin) 428 kg

2 Chlorine 1.2 T

3 Epoxy Plasticizer 16 kg

Chlorine is hazardous in nature. Since it is transported from M/s SRAAC Ltd through

pipelines, no storage is required at the plant. For emergency M/S Shivtek Ind. Pvt. Ltd.

has been provided with explosive license.

2.6.2 WATER REQUIREMENT & SOURCE

The total daily water requirement of the project after the proposed expansion will be 200

KLD (existing 87 KLD + proposed 113 KLD). The daily fresh water demand will be

198.30 KLD and the treated/ recirculated water demand will be 1.70 KLD. The fresh water

will be supplied by M/s SRAAC Ltd. The permission letter for water is attached as

Annexure XVIII.

Water use break-up is given below in table below:







Table 2.5 (a): Water requirement breakup (in KLD)

Particulars Details Basis Water demand Waste Water Generation Available Treated water

Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total

Domestic 45

persons

@ 45

lpcd

2 KLD 0 KLD 2.02

say

2.0

KLD

1.8 KLD 0 KLD 1.8 KLD 0 0 0

Industrial HCL formation 66 KLD 99 KLD 165

KLD

0 0 0 0 0 0

Cooling (makeup water

only)

15 KLD 8 KLD 23

KLD

1 1 3

Green Belt 3338.6

sq. m.

@~

10 lt/

tree

4 KLD 6 KLD 10

KLD

0 0 0 0 1.7 KLD

from STP

1.7

KLD

from

STP

Total 87 113 200 2.8 1 4.8 1.7 1.7

Table 2.5 (b): Water requirement breakup (in KLD)

Particular Fresh water Recycled water Total water

demand Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total

Industrial 66 99 165 0 0 0 165

Domestic 2 0 2.0 0 0 0 2

Cooling

tower

15 8 23 0 0 0 23

Greenbelt 4 4.3 8.3 0 1.7 1.7 10

Total 87 111.3 198.3 0 1.7 1.7 200

2.7 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENT

The total power demand after the proposed expansion will be 400 kVA (existing 210

kVA+ proposed 190 kVA). Power will be available from Andhra Pradesh Power

Corporation Limited; supplied to Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd by SRAAC Ltd. Copy of

permission letter is attached as Annexure XII.







The existing project has three DG sets of capacities 100 kVA, 62 KVA & 40 kVA. In the

expansion project, it is proposed to install one DG Set of 320 KVA in place of 40 KVA 7

62 KVA. HSD is being used for DG Set operations. Adequate stacks have been provided

on the DG sets as per CPCB guidelines.

Table 2.6: Power requirement

S. No. Power requirement Source

1. 400 kVA (existing 210 kVA+

proposed 190 kVA)

Andhra Pradesh Power Corporation Limited; supplied

by SRAAC Ltd.

2. Power backup: Diesel Generator Existing After expansion

1x 62 KVA

1 X 40 KVA

1 X 100 KVA

1 X 100 KVA

1 X 320 KVA

2.8 Boiler Details

Capacity: 1.0 TPH

Type: Non-IBR

Fuel: HSD

Quantity: 20-25 lt/hour

Hours of operation: 1 hour everyday (average)

Stack: 11 mts.

2.8.1 STACK HEIGHT CALCULATION FOR D.G. SET & BOILER

Effective Stack Height (H) = Height of the building (h) +

0.2√Capacity of DG SET in kVA

i. For 100 kVA DG set

= h+0.2 x (√100)

= h+0.2 x 10 m







= h+ 2.0 m

However, safe stack height of 3.5 m (above roof) will be provided.

ii. For 320 kVA DG set

= h+0.2 x (√62)

= h+0.2 x 17.88 m

= h+ 3.57 m

However, safe stack height of 4 m (above roof) will be provided.

Boiler stack height

Fuel (in kg/hr) Sulphur content Q (Q)0.3

H

Provided stack height

(in metre)

16.7 0.01 0.00334 0.18 2.53 11

H = 14 (Q) 0. 3

Where,

H= required stack height in metres

Q = Emission rate of sulphur in Kg/Hour

2.8.2 FUEL REQUIREMENT

The fuel requirement for the project is provided below:

Table 2.7: Fuel requirement

Activity/component

needing fuel

Fuel type Quantity

(In lt/Hr)

Storage type & capacity

(In lt.)

Source &

distance

D.G Set (320 KVA &

100 KVA)

HSD 35-40 250 nearby petrol

pump

Boiler HSD 20-25 lt/hr 500







2.9 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT

The total manpower requirement for the project is 45 persons including skilled & semi-

skilled workers during operational phase.

Table 2.8: Manpower requirement

S. No. Description Number

1 G Manager 1

2 Sr. Manager 2

3 Shift Manager 3

4 Supervisor 3

5 Skilled Operator 9

6 Semi-Skilled Operator 9

7 Unskilled 18

Total 45

2.10 PROPOSED SCHEDULE AND APPROVAL FOR IMPLEMENTATION

The construction work will be started after getting Environmental Clearance from the

MoEF&CC, New Delhi and Consent to Establish (CTE) & CFO from APPCB

.

Activities Completed activities Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Baseline Study December 2018 – February

2019 (Winter Season) &

January 2022

Submission of Final EIA/ EMP

report for Environmental

Clearance

--

Environmental Clearance --







2.11 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.11.1 Process Description of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer

Chlorinated Paraffins are straight chain Hydrocarbons, which have been chlorinated

from short chain (C10-C13) medium chain (C14-17) and long chain (C18-30) at different

percentage of chlorination viz 40-45, 46-50, 51-55, 56-60, 61-65, 66-70 and above 70.

The Hydrocarbons are saturated and unsaturated alkane and alkenes. Chlorinated

Paraffin is non-poisonous, noninflammable low volatility, and high insulative product.

Since their introduction nearly 40 years ago the Chlorinated Paraffins are widely used in

industry across the world. Chlorinated Paraffins are needed where chemical stability,

flexibility, mechanical strength and thermal stability are required. Primary applications

of Chlorinated Paraffins are as follows:

i. As secondary plasticizers in PVC formulations

ii. In industrial cutting fluids

iii. In cutting oils

iv. In commercial paints

v. In adhesives, sealant and caules

vi. Fire Retardant in fabrics and paints

Chlorinated Paraffin formulations are used in a wide range of industrial applications.

These are dyes, pigments and paints; plastics; rubber; steel and textile. In rubber and

dyes, pigments & paints industry Chlorinated Paraffin acts as flame retardant. In the

manufacture of plastics, Chlorinated Paraffin is used as a plasticizer in the formulation of

PVC compounds and granules, which are used to manufacture wires and cables, PVC

window & door profiles, PVC flooring, films and sheets. In the manufacture of Steel,

Chlorinated Paraffin is used as an extreme pressure additive in metal working fluids and

cutting compounds. Lastly in textile industry it plays an important role in the

manufacture of resin cloth for upholstery.







Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) is a clear, colorless solution of Hydrogen Chloride (HCL) in

water. It is highly corrosive, strong mineral acid with many industrial uses. It is a

byproduct of the manufacturing process of Chlorinated Paraffin. It is used in the

production of chlorides, refinement of ore and production of metals like tantalum and tin.

Manufacturing of Chlorinated Paraffin is an exothermic reaction of Hydrocarbons

(Paraffin C9-C30, Olefins C9-C30). It evolves gaseous vapors, which is further diluted

with water to produce HCL. The entire process takes place in the graphite bocks. The

detailed manufacturing process is discussed below.

Oil from oil storage in stored is 5 day storage tanks (1) of approx. 20 MT of storage. 5

nos. of melting vessel (5) of approx. 5 MT & 2 nos. 6MT blending tanks (4) are used for

blending and initial heating with steam. Now steps in manufacturing process are as

under:-

1. Oil either import from countries like USA, South Africa, Iran, Soudi Arabia, Spain,

Italy or from R.I.L. is brought in tankers and stored in day oil storage tanks by pump

(3) and send to blending tanks & melter for steam heating below flash point of

blended oil. These oils are HNP/NP/LNP/Olefins.

2. Heated oil is transferred to any of designated reactor (6) 1-12 in initial capacity and

13-25 in expanded planned capacity and chlorine is fed from pipe line through (28)

bottom sperger and barometric loop of lead or glass lined reactors.

CnH2n+2 + 2cl2 + H20+ epoxy plasticizer= CnH2nCl2 (epoxy)+ 2 HCL + heat

18000 MT (paraffins) + 57600 (chlorine) + 59760 (water) +450MT (epoxy) =45000MT

(CP)+90000MT (HCL)+310MT (sniff chlorine gas) 0.4MT (paraffin)+1.28MT

(chlorine)+1.328 (water)+0.01 (epoxy) =1MT (CP) +21V1T (HCL) +0.018MT

(sniff chlorine) + heat

or

1 MT (paraffin) + 3.2MT (chlorine) + 3.32MT (Water) +0.025MT (epoxy)

=2.5MT (CP) +5MT (HCL) + 0.045 (sniff chlorine gas)

Percentage sniff gases = 0.045----------x 100 = 1.4%







Hence sniff gases may be around 1 to 1.5% average.

3. The temperature in reactors rises after reaction and is increased to 110 Deg. C with

rate of chlorine from 50 kgs./hr to 500 kgs/hr. the temperature of reactors is

controlled by 3 Nos. cooling towers (18) of Northern Street which may eventually be

increased to 6 after expansion. The temp. of cooled water at cooling tower is around

27 Deg. C and it may go up to max. upto 40 Deg. C in cutlet of reactors.







Figure 2.6: Flow Diagram of CP Process & Equipment in blocks







4. The HCL vapour gas is sent to separators to vent coolers for summing of gas & to

condensers. Separators and condensers are used for recovery of entranclied oil in HCL

vapour gas. Condensers also help in reducing temp. of HCL vapour gas to 40 deg. C.

5. Cooled HCL vapour is sent in S&T absorbers or graphite block or Primary absorbers.

Cooled water is used as cooling medium. The gas from primary absorbers travels to

secondary absorbers. The dilute HCL or water is circulated through circulation tank and

through additional cooler (13) if required. Conc. HCL acid is passed for further removal

of oil by gravity process in 4 nos. of 25 MT (19) tanks and subsequently sent to storage

tanks (20) for commercial sales.

6. Chlorinated hydrocarbons of paraffin & olefins are processed as per required percentage

of chlorine and air is passed for cleaning and packed in 250 kg HOPE drums after

weighment (17) after mixing with 1% of epoxidised oil for removal of traces of HCL and

dispatched for sale.

7. If dispatch is in tankers, CP is sent to CP storage by gear pumps (24) for onward loading.

8. Gas from secondary block is passed to wash towers (15) and pall ring packed column for

further removal of HCL and by suction created by suction blowers (29) sent to

neutralization system of Hypo plant of SRAAC Ltd.

9. There is no any generation of liquid waste in process.

10. Air pollution generated during manufacturing process.







Figure 2.7: Sodium Hypo Plan







Figure 2.8: Material Balance of Chlorinated Paraffin Process

2.12 SOURCES OF POLLUTION

The various types of pollution envisaged from the project are:

1) Air pollution;

2) Water pollution;

3) Land Pollution/Soil contamination

4) Noise pollution

5) Pollution due to Solid &Hazardous waste generation

The project will be provided with necessary pollution control facilities to keep the gaseous

emission, liquid effluent and noise emission within the permissible limits prescribed by







Central and State Pollution Control Board. Brief of pollution from the proposed activity &

mitigation measures are given in the following sections.

The detailed impacts and mitigation measures are discussed in Chapter IV of this report.

2.12.1 AIR POLLUTION

Point Source

Boiler (non IBR): Emissions of PM, SO2, NOx, etc. from stack.

DG Sets: Emissions of PM, SO2, NOx & CO from stack. These emissions are not

continuous as DG sets will be used only as emergency power back-up. Also HSD to

be used for DG Set operations will considerably reduce generation of sulphur

dioxide.

The plant is equipped with proper air pollution control system for reducing the

pollutants and also stack of adequate height has been provided for proper dispersion of

the air pollutants as per CPCB guidelines.

Line Source

Vehicular emissions like PM, CO, NOx & HCs from exhaust of the vehicles are

envisaged as line source emissions.

Only vehicles with valid PUC certificate will be used. Trucks will be covered to reduce

the fugitive emissions & material spill.

Fugitive Emissions & Control

Fugitive emissions from storage & handling of hazardous waste is envisaged from

project operations.

Suitable control measures like regular & preventive maintenance of plant & machinery

& good housekeeping practices along with development of greenbelt & plantation will

be done to control the fugitive emission during loading/ unloading, storage and

handling of waste.







Process emission:

Normal Paraffin/ Heavy Normal Paraffin/ Light Normal Paraffin/Waksol/Olefins are

saturated & unsaturated Hydrocarbons. Chlorination process of Paraffin is

exothermic, which releases heat. The released heat is cooled by water. Constant

pressure and temperature is required for Chlorination process. Due to number of

factors like variation in pressure, power failure, variation in temperature, change in

feed rate of Chlorine or un-reacted Chlorine gets carried away with HCL vapors, there

may take place air pollution but effective steps will be taken to check it and care will

be taken that no such happening take place.

2.12.2 WATER POLLUTION

There will be no process effluent generation from the project. Waste water from

domestic activities will be generated to the tune of 1.8 KLD which will be treated in a

modular STP of capacity 2 KLD. Approximately 1.70 KLD STP treated water will be

available which shall be reused for greenbelt.

2.12.3 LAND POLLUTION/SOIL CONTAMINATION

The project will have negligible impact on the land use of the project site as the present

land use of plot area is for industrial use only. Proposed greenbelt development &

plantation will improve the aesthetics of the area. There will be no impact on the soil/land

as construction activities are not envisaged. Soil pollution due to proposed project will be

due to:

Fuel leakage from vehicles may result in soil contamination;

Leakage due to storage and handling of fuel &/or hazardous waste may result in soil

contamination.







Impervious flooring will be provided at areas wherever handling/storage/treatment of

waste will be done. No effluent will be discharged untreated on land or any water body.

2.12.4 NOISE POLLUTION

Generation of Noise is expected due to operation of DG sets in the plant. However the

same will be temporary as the DG sets will function as and when there is a power failure.

Moreover the DG sets will have acoustic enclosures. The Noise Level at the project site

will be maintained within the permissible limit. Measures like lubrication and regular

maintenance of equipment will be done to keep the noise level within limit. PPE’s like

earmuffs will be provided to the workers while working in the plant. Regular monitoring

of noise level will be done. Noise will be attenuated to a considerable extent by putting

rubber curtain and sheeting around the mill area and also by developing a green belt at

the periphery of the plant.

The major noise generation source will be incinerator operation, pumps attached to the

Boiler & D.G set operation.

DG Set will be provided with acoustic enclosure.

Necessary acoustic enclosures, wherever feasible will be provided for plant &

machinery to limit the noise level within prescribed standards.

2.12.5 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION,

QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE & DISPOSAL

Domestic solid waste will be collected, segregated using color coded bins and handed

over to municipal waste collection system for final disposal to municipal corporation

waste disposal site.

Table 2.9a: Generation of Municipal Solid Waste

Waste Quantity Cat. Mode of disposal

Used/ spent oil 100 lt/year 5.1 of schedule I authorized Re-Processors/ Recyclers of waste oil

due to







Table 2.9b: Municipal Solid Waste

Particulars Detail Basis Quantity of waste generated (Kg/day) Workers 45 nos. @0.55 kg/day 24.75 Say 25 Landscaping 0.82 acre @0.2kg/acre/day 0.164

Total 25.16 say 25 kg/day

2.13 ASSESSMENT OF NEW TECHNOLOGY & UNTESTED

TECHNOLOGY

No new technology & untested technology is being adopted for the proposed project. Hence

no risk of technological failure is envisaged. System will be in place for automatic shut-

down of incinerator in the unlikely scenario of failure of pollution control devices.

*******

plant







CHAPTER III

Description of Environment







INDEX 3.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................... 72

3.2 BASELINE STUDIES .................................................................................................................... 72

3.2.1 METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY ............................................................................................. 73

3.2.2 STUDY AREA ................................................................................................................................ 74

3.2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING & SITE CONNECTIVITY ......................................................... 75

3.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................ 77

3.3.1 SOURCE OF INFORMATION ...................................................................................................... 77

3.3.2 DATA BASE ................................................................................................................................... 78

3.3.3 LAND USE/ LAND COVER OF THE AREA ............................................................................... 78

3.4 TOPOGRAPHY .............................................................................................................................. 80

3.4.1 CORE ZONE ................................................................................................................................... 80

3.5 DRAINAGE .................................................................................................................................... 81

3.6 CLIMATIC DATA FROM SECONDARY SOURCES ................................................................. 82

3.7 GEOMORPHOLOGY & SOIL TYPE ............................................................................................ 83

3.8 HYDROGEOLOGY ........................................................................................................................ 84

3.9 SOIL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................................. 84

3.9.1 DATA GENERATION METHODOLOGY ................................................................................... 85

3.9.2 OBSERVATION & CONCLUSION: ............................................................................................. 88

3.10 WATER ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................. 89

3.10.1 METHODOLOGY .......................................................................................................................... 89

3.10.2 WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS ..................................................................................................... 89

3.10.3 OBSERVATION & CONCLUSION .............................................................................................. 97

3.10.4 OBSERVATION & CONCLUSION ............................................................................................ 101

3.11 CLIMATOLOGY AND METEOROLOGY ................................................................................. 102

3.11.1 WIND PATTERN ......................................................................................................................... 102

3.12 AIR ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................................. 103

3.12.1 FREQUENCY AND PARAMETERS FOR SAMPLING ............................................................ 104

3.11.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA ............................................................................................ 104

3.11.2 OBSERVATION & CONCLUSION ......................................................................................... 111

3.13 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................. 112

3.12.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA ............................................................................................ 114







3.12.2 OBSERVATION & CONCLUSION ......................................................................................... 115

3.13 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................ 116

3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................... 139

3.13.1 Methodology ................................................................................................................................. 139

3.13.2 Concept & Definition .................................................................................................................... 139

3.13.3 Legislative and Regulatory Considerations ................................................................................. 141

3.13.4 Social Impact Assessment ............................................................................................................ 141

3.13.5 Social Issues .................................................................................................................................. 142

3.13.6 Strategy to Achieve Social Development Outcomes .................................................................... 142

3.13.7 Description of the Study Area ...................................................................................................... 142

*********







CHAPTER III: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The anthropogenic activities related to project cause impacts on environmental

components in and around the project site. However, the intensity of environmental

impacts vary from project to project, depending upon several factors like; Physical,

Chemical, etc. involved in the project, (scale / size of the project), type and extent of

pollution control measures, project location surrounding geomorphology etc. To assess

environmental impacts from proposed project (specific), it is essential to monitor the

environmental quality prevailing in the surrounding area prior to implementation of the

proposed project. The environmental status (baseline status) within the study area is used

for prediction of anticipated environmental impact assessment study.

A comprehensive primary and secondary data collection program was undertaken to

assess the status of baseline environment conditions within the study area, as per the TOR

issued by MOEF&CC for carrying out the EIA/EMP study. The area covering 10 km

radius of the project site has been considered as study area for the baseline study.

3.2 BASELINE STUDIES

Table 3.1: Brief description of baseline studies

Particular Description

Study period: December 2018 to February 2019 & January 2022

Study area 10 km radius of the project site

Components of baseline Methodology

Land Environment

Primary survey & secondary sources

Micro-meteorology

Air Environment

Water Environment

Noise Environment








Biological Environment

Socio-economic

Environment

3.2.1 METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY

Baseline study was conducted and sampling locations were identified on thebasis of:

Predominant wind directions in the study area

Existing topography, location of surface water bodies like ponds, canals andrivers;

Location of villages/towns/sensitive areas

Areas which represent baseline conditions.

The field observations are used to:

Evaluate the environmental impacts through modeling techniques;

Identify extent of negative impacts on community/natural resources; and

Identify mitigation measures and monitoring requirements.

The study also provides framework and institutional strengthening for implementing

themitigation measures. Field studies have been conducted during Winter Season

(December 2018 to February 2019 & January 2022) to determine existing conditions of

various environmental attributes. Themonitoring details and scope of work are outlined in

Table below:

Table 3.2: Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring

S. No. EnvironmentalAttribute Parameters Frequency of monitoring

1. Ambient Air

Ambient air

qualitymonitoring (24

hourly), twice a week.

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx CO 8 locations

24 hourly samples

Twice a week for 1 season

(3 months, winter season) &

one monh additional study

2. Water quality Physical, chemical &biological Once in a season;







S. No. EnvironmentalAttribute Parameters Frequency of monitoring

(Ground & Surface water) parameters 16 locations (8 GW + 8 SW)

3. Noise Level

(Ambient)

Sound pressure leveldB(A) 8 locations

Noise level monitoring

(day & night time), once in a

season

4. Land use Pattern Identification &classification of

land useusing satellite imagery

Land use & land cover

mapping, followed by site

visit of the study areafor

ground truthing.

5. Geology andhydrogeology Data collected during

fieldsurvey and from

secondarysources

Once in study period

6. Ecology Existing terrestrial andaquatic

flora and fauna

Through 10 km radial study

of the core& buffer zone;

data collected throughfield

visits & secondary data

sources.

7. Socio-economic Data Socio-economiccharacteristics

of thestudy area

10 km radial study of the

core & buffer zone; data

collected through field visits

& secondary data review.

8. Soil quality Physical & chemicalparameters 5 locations; once in a season

Baseline data generation was carried out by NABL approved laboratory M/s. Gaheli

Environment Laboratory & M/s Eco Tech labs pvt ltd. Environmental Monitoring Report

is enclosed as Annexure X.

3.2.2 STUDY AREA

An area of 10 km radius (aerial distance) from the project site is marked as study area. The

baseline information was collected for the identified study area, which includes the project

area and area within its 10 km radius.







The study area is a mix of semi-urban & rural areas.General road location map and google

map showing geographical co-ordinates of the project area have been given in Chapter-II,

Figure 2.1, and Figure 2.2, respectively. The topographical map showing study area

&monitoring locations for collection of primary data of soil, air, water & noise is given in

this chapter as Figure 3.2.

Figure 3.1: 10 KM radius topo-map showing study area& Environmental sensitivity

Legible copy enclosed as Annexure XXII.

3.2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING & SITE CONNECTIVITY







Table 3.3: Environmental Sensitivity

S. No. Particulars Details

1. Nature of Project Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125

TPD) and Hydrochloric Acid (100 TPD to 250 TPD)

manufacturing (violation)

2. Location Survey No. 62/A, Part II inside the Industrial Complex of M/s

Sree Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd. (SAARC) at

Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh

3. Toposheet No. D44A1

4. Nearest settlement Thandrapadu ~ 1 km towards E

Gondiparla ~ 1.5 km towards E

5. Nearest Town/City Kurnool ~ 4.2 km towards SW direction

6. Inter-State Boundary Andhra Pradesh and Telangana ~ 0.68 km toward ENE

7. Nearest Highway SRAAC road: 0.86 km WSW

MDR 13: 2.0 km WNW

MDR 12: 2.1 km WNW

340 C: 3.7 km WSW

NH 44: 5.6 km SW

MDR 172: 7.0 km WSW

8. Nearest Railway Station Kurnool City Railway Station ~1.7 km towards NE

9. Nearest Airport Kurnool Airport ~ 18 km towards se

10. National Park/ Wild Life

Sanctuary/Wildlife Corridors/

Eco-Sensitive Zone

None in 10 km radius area.

11. Reserve Forest (R.F) &

Protected Forest (P.F)

Gadidemadugu R.F. ~ 6.4 km towards SE

Pullaiah R.F. ~ 10.1 km towards SSW

Vaddamanu R.F. ~ 10.2 km towards E

12. Nearest Streams/ Rivers/

Water Bodies

S. No. Water body Distance & direction

1 Tungabhadra river 1.3 km ~WSW

2 Kurnool Cuddapah canal 3.6 km ~ WSW

3 Vakkaru Vagu nadi 5.5 km ~ SW

4 Hindri nadi 5.6 km ~ SW

13. Inland, coastal, marine or

underground waters

None in study area







S. No. Particulars Details

12. Defense installations None in 10 km radius area

13.

Nearest Education and

Medical Facilities

As given below:-

S. No. Particulars Distance (Km) & Direction

Educational Facilities

1. SVS EM School ~ 1.9 km towards SW direction

2. Sea Rock E.M. High school ~ 2.0 km towards SW direction

3. Sri Sai High School ~2.0 km towards SW direction

Medical Facilities

1. Apollo Hospital ~2.9 km towards WSW direction

2. St. Theresa's General Hospital ~2.9 km towards WSW direction

3. S G R Hospital ~3.4 km towards SW direction

14.

Places of Worship As given below:-

S. No. Particulars Distance (Km) & Direction

1. Santhoshi Mata Temple ~2.5 km towards SW direction

2. Peddammavari Shala Temple ~2.5 km towards SW direction

3. Kasi Vishveshwara Temple ~3.8 km towards SW direction

15. Area

susceptible to

natural hazard

Project site is located in Seismic Zone – II (Least damage risk zone) as per IS –

1893 (Part-1) -2002.

Area susceptible to floods, landslides & cloud bursts.

3.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Objective of the study is to provide a baseline status of the study area covering 10 Km

radius around the proposed project site, so that temporal land changes due to the project

on the surroundings can be assessed.

3.3.1 SOURCE OF INFORMATION

The data in this work has been collected from the following sources:-

1. Topographical data - Survey of India GT Sheet







2. Remotely Sensed Data - LISS IV

3. Ground Truthing of the area

The Indian Remote Sensing satellite image IRS-1C/1D/P6 LISS IV was used for present

analysis.

3.3.2 DATA BASE

The detail of the primary data in the form of digital data on LISS-IV for interpretation

and analysis is given below in Table 3.3. The mask of the entire project area including the

influence zone was generated from the IRS-1C/1D/P6 LISS IV. The raw LISS IV spectral

information’s wascollected in the three bands as detailed below:

Band 2: Green region, 520-570 nm

Band 3: Red region, 620-680 nm and

Band 4: Near infrared region, 770-860 nm

Data & Methodology:-

For the present landuse study LISS-III sensor data of IRS-P6 satellite has been used which

has a spatial resolution of 5.8 m, which is good enough for Level-II classification. National

Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC), Hyderabad classification scheme has been followed for

present landuse study. Unsupervised classification method has been adopted followed by

visual interpretation technique for 10 km radius and a total of 9classes have been obtained.

3.3.3 LAND USE/ LAND COVER OF THE AREA

Classification scheme adopted for the preparation of land use/ land cover maps on

1:50,000 scale:

Land Use/ Land Cover classification standardized by NRSC/ ISRO.

The land use/ land cover area of the study area.







Map showing land use of the study area is given below as Figure 3.2.The following land

use classes have been observed in the study area:-

Table 3.4: Landuse of the study area

Level – I Level – I Level –III Colour

Code

Area

(in ha)

% of

area

1. 1 Built-up

land

Built-up urban Built-up urban Continuous 3476 11.22

2. 2 Agriculture

Land

Crop land

(double

cropped)

Irrigated crop land 6804 21.97

Fallow land Fallow land for cultivation 16966 54.77

3. 3 Forests Degraded scrub

land

Open scub land (RF & PF) 1551 5.01

4. 4 Waste land Land with or

without scrub

Open scrub land (very sparse

vegetation)

1624 5.24

5. 5 Water

bodies

River/streams Tungabhadra River

Hindri River

556 1.79

Lake/reservoir/t

ank/canal

KKurnool Cudappah canal

TOTAL 30977 100







3.2: Map showing Land Use/ Land Cover within 10 Km Radius

3.4 TOPOGRAPHY

3.4.1 CORE ZONE

The proposed project site is a part of the Survey of India Toposheet No. D44A1. The

terrain is mostly plain without much variation and the average elevation of 274 m above

MSL. Fig –3.1, of this chapter, shows the 10 km radius area around the proposed project

site and environmental sensitivity on GT Sheet (also enclosed as Annexure XXII). No

major change in topography is envisaged due to proposed expansion. Intensity of land use

will change due to the proposed project due to installation of plant & machinery; however

the area is already designated for industrial use.







Figure 3.3: Digital elevation model (DEM)

3.5 DRAINAGE

The principal rivers flowing in the district are Tungabhadra (its tributary, the Hundri)

Krishna and Kunderu. Tungabhadra rises in the Western Ghats and after forming part of

Northern boundary for some distance, separates Kurnool with Mahabubnagar while

flowing in an Eastern direction and receives Hundri; thereby both these rivers fall into the

river Krishna at Kundli sangam about 29 Km from Kurnool after winding Northwards.

The river Hundri, a tributary of Tungabhadra rises in the fields of Maddikera in Maddikera

Mandal receives a stream from Erramalas at Laddagiri in Kodumur Mandal and joins

Tungabhadra at Kurnool. It drains much of Maddikera, Pattikonda, Deverakonda,

Gonegandla, Kodumur and Kallur Mandals. This is a turbid stream with sudden rise and

fall. The Kunderu also called Kumudavathi rises on the Western side of Erramalas, winds







its way into Kunderu valley and flows in Southern direction collecting drainage all along

its course from both sides. It flows through Orvakal, Midthur, Gadivemula, Nandyal,

Gospadu, Koilkuntla, Dornipadu and Chagalamarri Mandals and then enters YSR.

Figure 3.4: Drainage Map of Study Area

3.6 CLIMATIC DATA FROM SECONDARY SOURCES

At hinterland, temperature variations throughout the year can be very high and the diurnal

range of temperature varies from place to place. Inland areas warm up greatly during the

afternoon while the sun is shining down, but they also cool down quickly at night after

sunset. The Climate of the district is normally good and healthy. January, February and

March months are usually pleasant with moderate winds from South-East. April and May

are the hottest months of the year, during these months the wind shifts to Southwest with







increased force and brings welcome showers by the end of May. During the succeeding

four months, the wind blows from Western side in Major parts of the district and brings

fair quantum of rainfall. By the end of September, the wind is light and pleasant

forecasting the onset of Northeast monsoon. In November and December the weather is

fine, Rainfall is rare and wind is light with occurrence of heavy dew. District normal

rainfall of the year is 670.3 mm. During 2014-15 the rainfall received is 473.9 mm. The

rainy season commences with the onset of the South-west monsoon in the part of June

3.7 GEOMORPHOLOGY & SOIL TYPE

The geological formation of the impact area comprises of oldest rock formations of the

earth’s crust overlain by stratified deposits including Quaternary alluvium. The rocks

belong to the Precambrian and Upper Cretaceous to Lower Miocene periods. The rocks of

the Precambrian period are generally coarse-grained granite, granite gneiss and diorite with

scattered dolerite dykes. These rocks are grouped under Unclassified Crystalline.

Coarse grained granite, one of the major rock formations, is characterized by large beds of

feldspars and quartz grains of uniform size with flakes of biotite and muscovite micas. At

places the rocks are traversed by granite basic material. The alteration of feldspar to

pockets of kaolin is a common feature. The complex gneissic formation consists of grey

granite, pick granite and granite–gnesis of fine texture. The mineralogical composition of

these rocks consists of quartz, feldspar, biotitic and muscovite. Dolorite dykes occur at

places and consist mainly of plagioclase feldspars and augite. The rocks occur as exposed

boulders of varying sizes oriented along strike lines. Thin capping of basaltic are found to

the south-west of the area. Isolated mounds of laterite occur in the basaltic region. Recent

and older alluviums are confined to flood plains and valleys.

The basalt occurs as tongues confined to the North-Eastern portion of the area and are

extensions of vast Deccan Trap to the South and the East. The maximum thickness of the

basaltic is about 30 m at the highest point near to plant site. It thins out gradually towards

the granite area.







3.8 HYDROGEOLOGY

Hydro geologically the study area is grouped under hard rock comprising of “Archaens”

and “Basalts” and soft rocks comprising “Alluvium” and “Laterites”. In the ‘Archeans’

ground water occurs under confined conditions in the weathered mantle, and under semi-

confined conditions in the fractured and fissured zones of the fresh rock below, varying

from place to place. The Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) and the State Ground

Water Department have carried out an inventory of several observations wells in the study

area. The observations made by these agencies are described below:

In the granitic terrain, the average depth of ground water ranges from 5-8 m in recharge

areas and from ground level to about 3 m in low lying areas and valley bottoms. The

productive aquifers in the granitic terrain are met at the depth of 15 – 50 m below the land

surface depending upon the topography. The annual water level fluctuations in the recharge

areas are exceeds 9 m where as it is less than 3 m in low laying areas. In basaltic terrain the

maximum water level fluctuation is of the order of 20 m in recharge areas, while the

fluctuation along the valley bottoms is about 6 m.

3.9 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The objectives of the soil sampling are:-

To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;

To determine the impact due to proposed expansion activity on soil characteristics

and;

To determine the impact on soil more importantly with agriculture production point of

view.







3.9.1 DATA GENERATION METHODOLOGY

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the

existing soil conditions in and around the plant area representing various land use

conditions. The physical, chemical and heavy metal concentrations were determined. The

samples (composite) were collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil at three

different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm. The samples was then packed in a

polythene plastic bag and sealed and sent for analysis. This is in line with IS: 2720 and IS:

9497 and Hand book of Method in Environmental Studies by S.K. Maiti. The

homogenized samples were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The soil

analysis results are given below:-

Table 3.5: Soil Quality sampling Locations

S. No. Name Location Longitude Latitude Distance &

Direction

Reason for

selection

1 Project Site SQ-1 78° 3' 56.459" E 15° 50' 55.465" N - Project Site

2 Joharapuram SQ-2 78° 3' 34.819" E 15° 49' 0.114" N 3.45 km (S) Agriculture

field

3 Kasipur SQ-3 78° 5' 59.617" E 15° 51' 59.054" N 4.10 km (NE) Agriculture

field

4 Pannchalingala SQ-4 78° 1' 4.984" E 15° 51' 55.138" N 5.42 km (NW) Agriculture

field

5 Bududapadu SQ-5 78° 2' 58.518" E 15° 55' 9.233" N 8.00 km (NW) Agriculture

field







Figure 3.5: Soil sampling locations

Table 3.6(a): Soil Quality Analysis (DEC. 2018 TO FEB. 2019)

S.

No.

Parameter Unit SQ1 SQ2 SQ3 SQ4 SQ5

1 pH - 7.77 7.81 7.45 6.61 7.91

2 Electrical Conductivity (EC) dS/m 391 171 160 127 172

3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.18 1.05 1.05 1.43 1.18

4 Cation-Exchange Capacity

(CEC)

Col(+)/k

g

4.5 3.2 3.3 3 4.2

5 Infiltration rate mm/hour 13 9 26 10 16

6 Porosity % 56 60 60 46 56

7 Water Holding Capacity % 5.2 9.2 11 6 8.7

8 Moisture % 5.48 10 12 6.39 9.55







9 Organic Matter % 4.9 2.39 1.79 1 0.99

10 Sand % 43 43 61 29 50

11 Silt % 21 27 26 35 36

12 Clay % 26 30 13 36 14

13 Organic Carbon % 2.84 1.38 1.04 0.58 0.57

14 Niyrogen (as N) % 0.05 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.02

15 Carbon / Nitrogen Ration (C/N) 56.9 15.9 17.5 12.5 28.6

16 Phosphorus (as P) % 0.84 0.49 0.97 0.56 0.28

17 Potassium (as K) mg/kg 625 553 774 611 280

18 Sodium (as Na) mg/kg 446 171 123 155 595

19 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 120 112 108 68 49

20 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg 36 58 28 40 80

21 Calcium/Magnesium ratio 3.29 1.92 3.84 7.29 0.62

22 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) 10.03 3.72 2.96 0.88 15.29

23 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/kg 94 57 82 90 58

24 Sulphates (as SO4) mg/kg 99 22 66 33 72

25 Aluminium (as Al) mg/kg <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

26 Zinc (as Zn) mg/kg 16 21 28 14 12

27 Texture Loa

m

Clay

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Clay

Loam

Loa

m

Monitoring reports are enclosed as Annexure X.

Table 3.6(b): Soil Quality Analysis (January 2022)

S. No. Parameter Project Site Joharapuram Kasipur Pannchalingala Bududapadu

1 pH (1:5 Suspension) 7.86 7.97 7.58 6.73 7.98

2 Bulk Density 1.21 1.07 1.03 1.51 1.24

3 Electrical conductivity,

dS/m (1:5 Suspension) 401 186 169 134 181

4 Total Nitrogen as N, (%) 0.06 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.04

5 Phosphorous, (%) 0.88 0.53 0.91 0.59 0.32

6 Potassium, mg/kg 634 548 781 627 276

7 Calcium as Ca, mg/kg 132 118 113 72 54

8 Magnesium as Mg, mg/kg39 57 32 41 85

9 Sodium as Na, mg/kg 451 178 128 159 602

10 Organic matter (%) 5.1 2.6 2.1 1.3 1.5







11 Texture Classification Loam Clay Loam Sandy Loam Clay Loam Loam

12 Sand (%) 62.7 52.8 65.2 53.3 60.9

13 Clay (%) 27.1 37.3 27.3 38.9 28.7

14 Silt (%) 10.2 9.9 7.5 7.8 10.4

15 Cation-Exchange Capacity

(CEC),Col(+)/kg 4.7 3.5 3.6 3.2 4.7

16 Infiltration rate,mm/hour 13.4 9.2 26.4 10.3 16.7

17 Porosity (%) 54.6 61.3 60.8 45.7 55.4

18 Water Holding Capacity

(%) 5.32 9.4 11.6 6.2 8.9

19 Organic Carbon (%) 2.9 1.6 1.2 0.75 0.68

20 Moisture (%) 5.69 10.2 12.4 6.56 9.78

21 Carbon / Nitrogen Ration

(C/N) 48.3 14.5 15.0 10.7 17.0

22 Calcium/Magnesium ratio 3.4 2.1 3.5 1.8 0.6

23 Sodium Absorption Ratio

(SAR) 36.6 14.7 11.3 16.5 61.3

24 Chlorides (as Cl), mg/kg 97.0 61.0 89.0 94.0 62.0

25 Sulphates (as SO4),mg/kg 96.8 23.4 68.9 35.2 75.1

26 Aluminium (as Al),mg/kg <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

27 Zinc (as Zn),mg/kg 15.3 22.4 29.6 15.2 12.8







Table 3.7: Standard Soil Classification

S. No. Soil Test Classification

1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic

5.51-6.00 moderately acidic

6.01-6.50 slightly acidic

6.51-7.30 Neutral

7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline

7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline

8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline

9.01 very strongly alkaline

2. Salinity Electrical Conductivity

(Mmhos/cm)

(1ppm = 640 Mmho/cm)

Up to 1.00 Average

1.01-2.00 harmful to germination

2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3. Organic Carbon (%) Up to 0.2: very less

0.21-0.4: less

0.41-0.5 medium

0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient

0.81-1.00: sufficient

>1.0 more than sufficient

4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Up to 50 very less

51-100 less

101-150 good

151-300 Better

>300 sufficient

5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Up to 15 very less

16-30 less

31-50 medium

51-65 on an average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, Indian Council of Agricultural Research







3.9.2 OBSERVATION & CONCLUSION:

The soil results were compared with soil standards. It has been observed that the pH of the

soil was ranging from 6.61 to 7.91 indicating the soils are basic in nature. Texture of the

soil sample is predominantly Sandy clay. Soil organic content varied from 0.99 to 4.9 %.

The cation exchange capacity of the soils is very low in all samples, contributed mainly by

Potassium exchangeable ions. The level of nitrogen of the all samples is very low to low

while the potassium levels are high. The calcium magnesium ratio of the samples reflects

calcium is low.

3.10 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The purpose of the study is to:-

1. Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

2. Evaluate the impacts on agriculture productivity, habitat conditions, recreational

resources and aesthetics of the vicinity; and

3. Predict the likely impacts on water quality due to operation of proposed expansion and

other related activities.

3.10.1 METHODOLOGY

Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based

on:

Drainage pattern and main water bodies;

Location of industrial and residential areas representing different

activities/likelyimpact areas; and

Areas likely to represent baseline conditions.







3.10.2 WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS

Industrial development of any region is dependent on the availability of water in

sufficient quantity as most of the process industries require water for process and/or

cooling purposes. The potential for exploitation of ground water resources increases as

development of new projects increases in industrial and agricultural areas. Due to rapid

industrialization and urbanization the possibilities of contamination of surface water and

ground water sources has increased tremendously. The water resources in the present

project area in district Kurnool broadly fall in following categories:

1. Surface Water resources: Streams and ponds

2. Ground Water resources: Accumulation in deeper strata of earth surface

Surface Water Resources

In the study area Tungabhadra River is flowing from North West to North East direction

creating a meander in southwest direction. Erosion of the sediments at the outer curve of

the river is responsible for bending of the river. Besides Tungabhadra River there are few

surface water bodies like natural lakes and tanks in the study area. The drainage pattern of

the impact area is mainly directed towards Tungabhadra River.

Analytical Techniques

Table 3.8: Analytical Protocol followed for Water Quality Monitoring and Analysis

S. No. Parameter Protocol Followed

1. pH (at 25 0C) APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500-H+

2. Temperature, ⁰C APHA (22nd

Edition) 2550 B

3. Turbidity, NTU APHA (22nd

Edition) 2130

4. Total Hardess as CaCO3, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 2340 C

5. Total alkalinity as CaCO3, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 2320

6. Chloride as Cl, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500 Cl-B

7. Sulphateas SO4, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500 E

8. Nitrate as NO3, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500 B

9. Fluoride as F, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500 F D

10. Sodium as Na, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3500 Na B







S. No. Parameter Protocol Followed

11. Potassium as K, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3500 K B

12. Total Nitrogen as N, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500 Norg B & C

13. Phenolic compounds asC6H5OH, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 5530 C

14. Lead as Pb, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3111 B

15. Iron as Fe, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3111 B

16. Arsenic as As, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3114 B

17. Cadmium Cd, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3111 B

18. Total Chromium as Cr, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3111 B

19. Mercury as Hg, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3112 B

20. Copper (as Cu), mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3112 B

21. Zinc (as Zn), mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3111 B

22. Selenium (as Se), mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3111 B

23. Color, Hazen APHA (22nd

Edition) 2120 B

24. Total Dissolved solids, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 2540 B

25. Free residual chlorine, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500 B

26. Boron as B, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500 B-B

27. Calcium (as Ca), mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3500 Ca B

28. Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 3500 Mg B

29. Dissolved oxygen, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500 DO C

30. Biological Oxygen Demand, mg/l

(27⁰C, for 3 days) IS:3025 (Part-44)-1993

31. Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 5220 B

32. Cynaide as CN, mg/l APHA (22nd

Edition) 4500 CN-F

33. Anionic detergents as MBAS*, mg/l Annexure K of IS 13428

34. Total Coliform, CFU/100 ml IS:1622-1981

35. E. Coli (MPN/100ml) IS:1622-1981

Table 3.9: Primary Water Quality Criteria for Designated-Best-Use-Classes

Designated-Best-Use Category Criteria Description

Drinking Water Source

without conventional

treatment but after

A Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less

pH between 6.5 and 8.5

Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more







Source: CPCB

Table 3.10: Surface Water Quality Sampling Locations

S. No. Name Longitude Latitude Distance &

Direction

Reason for

selection

1 Tungbhadra River 78° 2' 10.035" E 15° 51' 19.676" N 3.0 km (W) 3 km. Up-

stream

2 Tungbhadra River 78° 5' 0.152" E 15° 49' 24.309" N 3.0 km (SE) 3 km. Down-

stream

3 Joharapuram 78° 3' 30.846" E 15° 48' 40.728" N 4.06 km (SW) Canal

4 Hindri River 78° 1' 55.840" E 15° 48' 53.414" N 5.07 km (SW) River

5 Kurnool Cuddapah

Canal

78° 6' 8.289" E 15° 48' 33.152" N 5.72 km (SE) Canal

6 VakkaraVagu 78° 1' 20.686" E 15° 48' 55.143" N 5.83 km (SW) River

7 Devamada village

near Tungbhadra

78° 7' 4.257" E 15° 49' 30.092" N 6.06 km (SE) --

disinfection Biochemical Oxygen Demand (5 days 20oC) 2mg/l or less

Outdoor bathing (Organized) B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less

pH between 6.5 and 8.5


Biochemical Oxygen Demand (5 days 20oC) 3mg/l or less

Drinking water source after

conventional treatment and

disinfection

C Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or

less

pH between 6 to 9


Biochemical Oxygen Demand (5 days 20⁰C) 3mg/l or less

Propagation of Wild life and

Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 to 8.5


Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling,

Controlled Waste disposal

E pH between 6.0 to 8.5

Electrical Conductivity at 25oC micro mhos/cm Max.2250

Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26

Boron Max. 2mg/l

Below-E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria







8 Alampurvillage near

Tungbhadra

78° 7' 54.741" E 15° 52' 21.696" N 7.52 km (NE) --

Figure 3.6: Surface water sampling locations







Table 3.11: Surface Water Analysis (Dec. 2018 to February 2019)

S. No. Parameters Units Test Method SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8

1 Temperature oC IS:3025 part 09:2002 30 29 29 30 31 29 30 29

2 Color Hazen IS:3025 part 04:2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 Turbidity NTU IS:3025 part 10:2006 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

4 pH IS:3025 part 11:2006 7.2 7.67 7.23 7.54 7.61 7.3 7.45 7.5

5 Total Solids mg/l IS:3025 part 15:2003 723 1006 816 940 790 850 730 940

6 Total Dissoved Solids mg/l IS:3025 part 16:2006 708 986 796 925 770 830 710 925

7 Total Suspended

Solids

mg/l IS:3025 part 17:2003 15 20 20 15 20 20 20 15

8 Total Hardness (as

CaCO3)

mg/l IS:3025 part 21:2009 171 314 190 210 214 300 290 245

9 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l IS:3025 part 40:2009 28 83 32 41 39 29 47 53

10 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l IS:3025 part 21:2009 24 26 25 24 25 26 24 26

11 Sodium (as Na) mg/l IS:3025 part 45:2003 205 259 205 220 225 218 234 215

12 Potassium (as K) mg/l IS:3025 part 45:2003 17 15 14 16 18 15 16 15

13 Alkalinity (as CaCo3) mg/l IS:3025 part 23:2003 143 300 180 175 190 225 260 275

14 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l IS:3025 part 32:2007 188 238 190 200 210 195 220 215







15 Sulphate (as SO4-) mg/l IS:3025 part 24:2009 168 168 158 167 171 165 160 170

16 Nitrate as Nitrogen (as

NO3)

mg/l IS:3025 part 34:2009 14 27 19 22 18 25 19 25

17 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l 4500-SiO2(c/D),

APHA23rd Ed.

2.5 3.87 2.7 3.1 3.4 2.9 3.5 3.42

18 Fluoride (as F-) mg/l IS:3025 part 60:2008 0.88 0.65 0.55 0.65 0.62 0.75 0.82 0.84

19 Residual, Free

Chlorine

mg/l IS:3025 part 26:2009 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

20 Aluminium (as Al) mg/l APHA-3500-Al <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5

21 Arsenic (as As) mg/l IS:3025 part 37:2003 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

22 Boron (as B) mg/l IS:3025 part 57:2010 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

23 Cadmium (asCd) mg/l IS:3025 part 41:2003 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

24 Hexavalent Chromium

(as Cr6+)

mg/l IS:3025 part 52:2003

0.05

<0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

25 Copper (as Cu) mg/l IS:3025 part 42:2009 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

26 Iron (as Fe) mg/l IS:3025 part 53:2009 0.86 1.5

27 Lead (as Pb) mg/l IS:3025 part 47:2009 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

28 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 3111B (AAS),

APHA 23nd Ed.

2017

<0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

29 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l IS:3025 part 48:2003 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

30 Nickel (as Ni) mg/l IS:3025 part 54:2003 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5







31 Selenium (as Se) mg/l IS:3025 part 56:2003 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

32 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l IS:3025 part 49:2009 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.07

Table 3.11(b): Surface Water Analysis (January 2022)

S. No. Parameters Units Tungbhadra-

upstream

Tungbhadra

down stream

Joharapuram Hindri

River

Kurnool

Cuddapah

Canal

VakkaraVagu Devamada

village

near

Tungbhadra

Alampur

village near

Tungbhadra

1 Temperature oC 30.7 29.3 29.5 30.4 31.5 29.7 30.6 29.2

2 Colour Hazen 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 Turbidity NTU 6 7 5 7 6 8 7 5

4 pH at 25 °C 7.38 7.78 7.35 7.67 7.73 7.41 7.52 7.5

5 Electrical

Conductivity

@25°C

mg/l

1117 1459 1147 1221 1281 1381 1386 1269

6 Total Solids mg/l 679 886 704 741 779 843 848 771

7 Total dissolved

solids

mg/l

658 860 676 720 755 814 817 748

8 TSS mg/l 18 24 26 17 22 25 27 19







9 Total Hardness as

CaCO3

mg/l

185 328 210 228 229 314 302 245

10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 38 78 44 52 56 53 55 52

11 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 24 28 25 27 26 24 24 26

12 Sodium as Na mg/l 140 167 142 139 151 156 169 165

13 Potassium as K mg/l 14 11 14 16 18 18 17 18

14 Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3

mg/l

148 312 192 181 198 231 268 281

15 Chloride as Cl- mg/l 226 246 218 232 249 231 229 221

16 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 76 86 70 79 87 72 78 75

17 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 16 21 21 25 20 22 21 23

18 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l 2.8 3.92 2.95 3.26 3.57 3.02 3.64 3.56

19 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.95 0.72 0.63 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.89 0.84







3.10.3 OBSERVATION & CONCLUSION

In depth analysis of above data has revealed that pH of the surface water is in the range

of 7.2 – 7.67. The Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) is in the range of 708– 986 mg/l. Total

Hardness is in the range of 171 – 314 mg/l. Other parameters like chloride and sulphate

are within the prescribed limits.

Ground Water Resources

Ground water can be defined as accumulation of water beneath the earth surface due to

rainfall and its subsequent percolation through pores and crevices. The percolated water

accumulates till it reaches impermeable strata consisting of confined clay or confined

rocks. Occurrence of ground water is controlled by landform, structure and lithology.

Ground water extraction is carried on by means of dug wells, dug cum driven wells,

and bore wells. Almost every village in India has number of traditional wells both large

and small. The state authorities have provided tube wells fitted with hand pump to meet

the drinking water requirement of villagers. Presently in the rural areas the drinking

water needs are mostly met from the ground water resources.

Table 3.12: Ground Water Quality Location


Direction

Reason for

selection

1 E. Thandrapadu 78° 3' 32.593" E 15° 51' 3.942" N 0.75 km (W) Hand Pump

2 Gondiparla 78° 4' 1.787" E 15° 49' 40.325" N 2.15 km (S) Hand Pump

3 Bhairapuram 78° 3' 32.271" E 15° 53' 5.702" N 4.07 km (N) Hand Pump

4 Kasipur 78° 6' 2.209" E 15° 51' 57.726" N 4.15 km (NE) Hand Pump

5 Kurnool 78° 1' 7.996" E 15° 49' 49.958" N 5.33 km (SW) Hand Pump

6 Devamada 78° 7' 4.509" E 15° 49' 40.108" N 5.94 km (SE) Well

7 Imampur 78° 5' 56.525" E 15° 53' 39.854" N 6.16 km (NE) Well

8 Alampur 78° 7' 40.448" E 15° 52' 36.762" N 7.31 km (NE) Well







Figure 3.7: Ground water sampling locations







Table 3.13: Ground Water Analysis (Dec. 2018 to feb. 2019)

S.

No.

Parameters Units Limits (as per IS:10500-

2012)

Test Method GW 1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW 7 GW 8

Desirable Permissible

Limit Limit

1 Temperature oC - - IS:3025 part 09:2002 34 29 32 30 31 34 29 33

2 Color Hazen 5 15 IS:3025 part 04:2012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 Tubidity NTU 1 5 IS:3025 part 10:2006 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1 <0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

4 pH 6.5-8.5 No

Relaxation

IS:3025 part 11:2006 7.17 7.98 7.35 7.32 7.5 7.55 6.99 7.55

5 Total Dissoved Solids mg/l 500 2000 IS:3025 part 16:2006 789 671 612 580 712 623 758 800

6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 200 600 IS:3025 part 21:2009 249 246 278 364 370 162 566 364

7 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 200 IS:3025 part 40:2009 60 55 62 99 67 22 170 56

8 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 30 100 IS:3025 part 46:2009 24 26 25 29 49 26 34 54

9 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - - IS:3025 part 45:2003 201 157 1153 88 143 187 67 175

10 Potassium (as K) mg/l - - IS:3025 part 45:2003 23 16 12 3.4 9.3 1.5 0.8 1.9

11 Carbonate (as CO3) mg/l - - IS:3025 part 51:2006 NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL

12 Bi carbonate (as HCO3-) mg/l - - IS:3025 part 51:2006 72 157 123 120 235 238 190 250

13 Alkalinity (as CaCo3) mg/l 200 600 IS:3025 part 23:2003 72 157 110 120 235 238 190 250

14 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 1000 IS:3025 part 32:2007 343 142 225 252 220 46 181 206

15 Sulphate (as SO4-) mg/l 200 400 IS:3025 part 24:2009 114 167 112 7.5 57 130 120 69

16 Nitrate as Nitrogen (as NO3) mg/l 45 No

Relaxation

IS:3025 part 34:2009 3 24 22 28 26 71 64 83







17 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l - - IS:3025 part 35:2003 1.9 4.1 4.2 5.4 8.2 7 7 5.3

18 Fluoride (as F-) mg/l 1 1.5 IS:3025 part 60:2008 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.7 0.2 0.7 0.7

19 Residual, Free Chlorine mg/l 0.2 1 IS:3025 part 26:2009 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

20 Boron (as B) mg/l 0.5 1 IS:3025 part 57:2010 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

21 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 3111B (AAS), APHA

23nd Ed. 2017

<0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

22 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 IS:3025 part 49:2009 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.33 0.06

Table 3.13(b): Ground Water Analysis (January 2022)

S. No. Parameters Units Limits

(as per IS:10500-

2012)

E.

Thandrapadu

Gondiparla Bhairapuram Kasipur Kurnool Devamada Imampur Alampur

AL PL

1 Temperature ℃ - - 33.7 28.4 31.5 29.8 30.6 33.2 28.3 32.7

2 Colour Hazen 5 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 BQL(LOQ:1)

4 pH at 25 °C - 6.5-8.5 NR 7.26 7.94 7.42 7.38 7.58 7.62 7.01 7.64

5 Electrical Conductivity

@25°C µS/cm

500 2000 1668 1598 1585 1843 1578 1350 3045 1582







6 Total dissolved solids mg/l 200 600 983 942 934 1085 928 795 1794 932

7 Total Suspended solids mg/l 75 200 BQL(LOQ:2)

8 Total Hardness as

CaCO3 mg/l

30 100 258 252 286 379 387 173 572 375

9 Calcium as Ca mg/l - - 68 62 67 86 82 68 78 68

10 Magnesium as Mg mg/l - - 28 30 29 33 27 24 28 26

11 Sodium as Na mg/l - - 178 175 168 171 146 188 169 173

12 Potassium as K mg/l - - 38 32 16 16 12 13 15 11

13 Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg/l

200 600 120 132 124 134 242 247 216 268

14 Chloride as Cl- mg/l 250 1000 347 334 312 348 234 253 289 244

15 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 200 400 121 115 119 132 109 117 103 88

16 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 45 NR 38 28 27 32 30 42 37 34

17 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l - - 2.1 4.6 4.6 5.9 8.7 7.6 7.9 6.1

18 Fluoride as F mg/l 1 1.5 0.8 0.7 0.8 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.9

19 Residual Free Chlorine

as Cl2 mg/l

0.2 1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

20 Aluminium as Al mg/l 0.5 1 BQL(LOQ:0.5)







21 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.1 0.3 BQL(LOQ:0.1)

22 Zinc as Zn mg/l 5 15 0.22 0.21 0.06 0.06 0.19 0.22 0.17 0.15

BDL: Below detection limit; NR: No relaxation; NTU: Nephelometric Turbidity Units

Monitoring results are enclosed as AnnexureX.








Colour: The colour of ground water samples was found <5 hazen unit and meets the

acceptable limit for drinking water standard.

Odour: The odour of ground water samples was found agreeable and meets the


pH: The pH value of ground water samples was found 6.99 to 7.98 and meets the

drinking water acceptable standard.

Turbidity: The Turbidity of ground water samples was found between BDL to < 1 NTU

and meets the permissible limit for drinking water standard.

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): TDS in ground water samples was found 580 to 800 mg/l

and exceeds acceptable limit of 500 mg/l in some samples & but meets the permissible

limit.

Total Hardness: Total hardness value of ground water samples was found 162 to 566

mg/l. Hardness value exceeds acceptable limit of 200 mg/l in some samples and & but

meets the permissible limit.

Chloride: Chloride content of ground water samples was found 46 to 343 mg/l and

exceeds the acceptable limit of 250 mg/l in some samples.

Calcium: Calcium content in ground water samples was found 22 to 170 mg/l and

exceeds acceptable limit of 75 mg/l in some samples.

Magnesium: Magnesium content in ground water samples was found 24 to 54 mg/l and

found to exceed acceptable limit of 30 mg/l in some samples

Sulphate: Sulphate content in ground water samples was found 7.5 to 167 mg/l and

meets the acceptable limit of 200 mg/l for potable water.

Nitrate: Nitrate content in ground waters samples was found 3.0 to 83 mg/l and exceeds

the acceptable limit of 45 mg/l for potable water in some samples.

Fluoride: Fluoride content of water samples was found 0.2 to 0.8 mg/l.

The results of ground water were compared to Indian Standard Specification of drinking

water IS: 10500:2012 and found fit for drinking purpose.







3.11 CLIMATOLOGY AND METEOROLOGY

The meteorological data helps for appropriate understanding of the baseline microclimatic

status of the study area as well as for input into prediction models to evaluate air

dispersion phenomenon. Chronological data on meteorological parameters also helps

identifying the general errors encountered during generation of micro meteorological data

of the region. W.R.T the climatic condition of the study area, the year is broadly divided

into four seasons as per IMD:

Season : Months

Winter season : December to February

Pre-monsoon season : March to May

Monsoon season : June to September

Post-monsoon season : October to November

3.11.1 WIND PATTERN

Wind speed and wind direction data recorded during the study period is useful in

identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Based on the

collected meteorological data, relative percentage frequencies of different wind directions

are calculated and plotted as wind rose for twenty four hourly duration. The wind rose is

shown in Figure 3.9. The following observations can be made from the collected data;

• Calm period is observed to be 1.34 % during the time of monitoring.

• The predominant wind direction is east.

• Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in East –northeast and west.

• Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 5-10 kmph and 10-15 kmph.

Temperature: (a) Maximum: 38.6 0C (b) Minimum: 16.8 0C (c) Average: 24.4 0C

Humidity: The daily relative humidity values are observed to range between 26 - 84%.







NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

6%

12%

18%

24%

30%

WIND SPEED

(m/s)

>= 3.00

2.00 - 3.00

1.10 - 2.00

1.00 - 1.10

0.50 - 1.00

0.30 - 0.50

0.10 - 0.30

Calms: 7.34%

Rain Fall: (a) Maximum: 5.2 mm (b) Minimum: 0 mm (c) Mean: 0.6 mm

Figure 3.8: Wind Rose of Study Period

3.12 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The prime objective of the baseline air monitoring was to evaluate the existing

(background emissions) air quality of the area. This will also be useful for assessing the

conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the operation of the proposed

project.

The baseline status of the air quality has been assessed though a scientifically designed

ambient air quality monitoring network based on the following considerations:-

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale

Topography of the study area







Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status; and

Representatives of likely impact areas.

3.12.1 FREQUENCY AND PARAMETERS FOR SAMPLING

The baseline data of air environment was monitored for parameters mentioned below as

per latest Gazette Notification of the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) on NAAQ

dated 18th

November 2009.

Table 3.14: Parameters and frequency of sampling

S.No. Parameters Sampling Frequency Protocol

1. Particulate Matter

(PM10),µg/m3

24 hourly sample twice a week for

three months

IS : 5182 Part-23: 2006

2. Respirable Particulate

Matter (PM2.5), µg/m3


three months

CARB SOP MLD 055

PM2.5 Gravimetric analysis-

revision 9, July 2008 page 1 of 32

3. Sulphur dioxide (SO2),

µg/m3


three months

IS : 5182 (Part-2)-2001 RA 2006

4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx),

µg/m3


three months

IS : 5182 (Part-6)-2006

5. Carbon Mono-oxide,

mg/m3

8 hourly samples twice a week for

three months

IS : 5182 (Part-10) 1999 RA 2003

3.11.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA

Ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected on the basis of surface influence,

demographic influence and meteorological influence. The ambient air monitoring has

been carried out with a frequency of two days in a week at eight locations covering one

complete season i.e.winter (Dec 2018-Feb 2019) and one month additional baseline for

January 2022.

Various statistical parameters like 98th

percentile, average, maximum and minimum

values have been computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring

Project: Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) and Hydrochloric Acid (100 TPD

to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit, Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh




stations. The summary of these results for each location is presented in follow-up

sections. The resultshave been compared with the national ambient air quality standards

prescribed by CPCB for industrial and rural /residential zone.

Table 3.15: Ambient Air Quality monitoring Locations


Direction

Reason for

selection

1 Project Site 78° 3' 58.475" E 15° 50' 52.775" N -- --

2 E. Thandrapadu 78° 3' 32.015" E 15° 50' 58.100" N 0.72 km (W) Down wind

3 Gondiparla 78° 4' 11.921" E 15° 49' 47.819" N 1.96 km (S) Cross wind

4 Kasipur 78° 5' 59.736" E 15° 51' 51.850" N 4.0 km (NE) Up wind

5 Kurnool 78° 1' 41.455" E 15° 49' 53.534" N 4.37 km (SW) Cross wind

6 Padidempadu near

R.F

78° 5' 39.563" E 15° 48' 42.593" N 4.95 km (SE) Cross wind

7 Panchaligala 78° 1' 11.456" E 15° 51' 54.945" N 5.23 km (NW) Down wind

8 Devamada 78° 6' 59.007" E 15° 49' 43.971" N 5.75 km (SE) Up wind






Figure. 3.9: Ambient air quality monitoring locations

Table 3.16(a): Statistical Summary of Concentration Levels of Criteria Pollutants (Unit: -µg/m3)

(Dec 2018 to Feb 2019)

Location Statistics PM 10 µg/m3 PM 2.5

µg/m3

SO2

µg/m3

NO2

µg/m3

VOC,

µg/m3

HCl,µg/m3

AAQ1 Maximum 64 33 17 16 4.9 2.4






Location Statistics PM 10 µg/m3 PM 2.5

µg/m3

SO2

µg/m3

NO2

µg/m3

VOC,

µg/m3

HCl,µg/m3

Minimum 47 23 11 11 0.5 0.8

Average 55.5 28 14 13.5 2.7 1.6

98th Percentile 61.7 31.62 16.54 16 4.67 2.35

AAQ2 Maximum 61 32 16 16 BDL BDL

Minimum 45 23 11 11 BDL BDL

Average 53 27.50 13.5 13.5 BDL BDL

98th Percentile 60.08 30.62 16 16 BDL BDL



Average 42 20.5 11.5 11 BDL BDL

98th Percentile 49 24 13 13 BDL BDL



Average 45.5 20.5 12 11.5 BDL BDL

98th Percentile 51.7 24.7 15 13.54 BDL BDL



Average 44.5 18.5 10.5 10.5 BDL BDL

98th Percentile 50.24 21 12 12 BDL BDL



Average 43.5 16.5 10.5 11 BDL BDL




Average 43 26.5 13.5 13 BDL BDL

98th Percentile 49.54 30 16 16 BDL BDL



Average 42 19 10.5 10.5 BDL BDL


NAAQS Standard 60.0 100.0 80.0 80.0






Table 3.16(b): Statistical Summary of Concentration Levels of Criteria Pollutants (Unit: -µg/m3)

(Jnauary 2022)

Location Statistics PM 10

µg/m3

PM 2.5

µg/m3

SO2

µg/m3

NO2

µg/m3

CO,

mg/m3

VOC HCl,

µg/m3

Project Site Maximum 73 33 13 15 0.00 4.5 2.1

Minimum 54 21 10 9 0.00 0.7 0.5

Average 63 26 12 13 - 2.4 1.2

98th

Percentile

73 32 13 15 - 4.3 2.02

E.

Thandrapadu

Maximum 63 29 15 13 0 - -

Minimum 51 21 12 11 0 - -

Average 57 24 13 12 - - -

98th

Percentile

63 28 15 13 - - -

Gondiparla Maximum 51 27 16 13 0 - -

Minimum 36 16 11 9 0 - -

Average 46 22 14 11 - - -

98th

Percentile

51 27 16 13 - - -

Kasipur Maximum 59 30 17 15 0 - -

Minimum 42 15 11 9 0 - -

Average 49 23 14 11 - - -

98th

Percentile

59 30 17 15 - - -

Kurnool Maximum 62 25 14 12 0.0 - -

Minimum 37 15 10 9 0.0 - -

Average 48 20 11 11 - - -

98th

Percentile

61 25 14 12 - - -

Padidempadu

near R.F

Maximum 54 25 14 12 0 - -

Minimum 32 15 10 9 0 - -

Average 44 20 12 10 - - -






98th

Percentile

53 25 14 12 - - -

Panchaligala Maximum 53 29 17 17 <1.1 - -

Minimum 37 18 12 11 <.1.1 - -

Average 44 25 15 14 <1.1 - -

98th

Percentile

53 29 17 17 <1.1 - -

Devamada Maximum 50 26 14 12 0 - -

Minimum 37 17 8 9 0 - -

Average 44 20 11 11 - - -

98th

Percentile

50 25 14 12 - - -

NAAQ Standard 100 60 80 80 2.0 - -






Figure 3.10 (a): Ambient Air Quality Results (PM10)

Figure 3.10 (b): Ambient Air Quality Results (PM 2.5)






Figure 3.10(c): Ambient Air Quality Results (SO2)

Figure 3.10(d): Ambient Air Quality Results (NO2)







PM2.5: The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded as 33

μg/m3 and 14 μg/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at AAQ1

(Project Site) and the minimum concentration was recorded at AAQ4(Kasipur) and AAQ6

(Padidempadu near R.F).

PM10: The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded as 64 μg/m3

and 35 μg/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at AAQ1 (Project

Site) and the minimum concentration was recorded at AAQ3 (Gondiparla).

SO2: The maximum and minimum SO2 concentrations were recorded as 17 μg/m3 and 9

μg/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at AAQ1 (Project Site)

and the minimum concentration was recorded at AAQ4 (Kasipur),AAQ5 (Kurnool),

AAQ6 ((Padidempadu near R.F) and AAQ8 (Devamada).

NO2: The maximum and minimum NOx concentrations were recorded as 16 μg/m3 and 9

μg/m3. The maximum concentration was recorded at AAQ1 (Project Site), AAQ 2

(E.Thandrapadu) and AAQ7 (Panchaligala) and the minimum concentration was recorded

at AAQ3(Gondiparla), AAQ4 (Kasipur), AAQ5 (Kurnool), AAQ6 ((Padidempadu near

R.F) and AAQ8 (Devamada).

The concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, and other parameters are observed to be

well within the standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for

Industrial, Rural, Residential and Other area.

3.13 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise

levels, and assess the impact of the total noise expected to be generated by the construction

and operation of the project activity around it.The noise levels have been measured at eight

locations in the study area.






Table 3.17: Noise Quality Monitoring Location


Direction

Reason for

selection

1 Project Site 78° 3' 57.649" E 15° 50' 54.593" N - Project Site

2 E. Thandrapadu 78° 3' 30.329" E 15° 50' 58.168" N 0.77 km (W) Habitation

3 Gondiparla 78° 4' 11.535" E 15° 49' 50.508" N 1.88 km (S) Habitation

4 Basavapuram 78° 3' 37.721" E 15° 52' 17.075" N 2.57 km (N) Habitation

5 Kasipur 78° 5' 57.869" E 15° 51' 51.773" N 3.95 km (NE) Habitation

6 Kurnool 78° 1' 44.137" E 15° 49' 54.614" N 4.28 km (SW) Habitation

7 Padidempadu 78° 5' 38.061" E 15° 48' 43.130" N 4.91 km (SE) Near R.F

8 Devamada 78° 6' 58.353" E 15° 49' 41.916" N 5.75 km (SE) Habitation

3.12.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA

The statistical analysis is done for measured noise level at eightlocations. The parameters

are analyzed for Leq(day), Leq (night) andLeq (day-night). The statistical analysis results

are given in below:-

Table 3.18(a): Ambient Noise Level Data

S. No. Zone CPCB Limit

Leq dB (A)

Observed value Leq, dB(A)

(Dec. 2018 to Feb 2019)

Observed value Leq, dB(A)

(January 2022)

DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT

1 Industrial 75 70 58 44 60 48

2 Residential 55 45 48 42 51 42

3 Residential 55 45 45 40 45 42

4 Residential 55 45 52 42 52 44

5 Residential 55 45 49 41 49 47

6 Residential 55 45 48 39 48 45

7 Residential 55 45 46 36 46 48

8 Residential 55 45 49 38 49 42






Table 3.19: Noise Level as Per CPCB Norms

S. No. Category of Area Noise Level Leq. dB (A)

Day time Night time

1. Industrial area 75 70

2. Commercial area 65 55

3 Residential area 55 45

4 Silence Zone 50 40

Note:

1. Day time is reckoned in between 6 a.m. and 9 p.m.

2. Night time is reckoned in between 9 p.m. and 6 a.m.

3. Silence zone is referred as areas upto 100 meters around such premises as hospitals,

educationalinstitutions and courts. The Silence zones are to be declared by the Competent Authority.

4. Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers and bursting of crackers shall be banned in these zones.

5. Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by

theCompetent Authority and the corresponding standards shall apply

6.

Figure 3.12: Graph showing the Results of Ambient Noise Quality in Day Time & Night Time







Daytime Noise Levels:

Noise levels during day time were found to be in the range 45 to 58 dB (A). The maximum

noise level was observed to be 58 dB (A) at NQ 1 (Project site) and a minimum of 45 dB

(A) was observed at NQ 3 (Devamada).

Night time Noise Levels:

Noise levels observed to fall in the range 36 to 44 dB (A) during the night time. A

maximum of 44 dB (A) was observed at NQ 1 (Project site) and a minimum of 36 dB (A)

was observed at NQ 7 (Padidempadu).

3.13 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Biological impact assessment includes identification and evaluation of the likely impacts of

proposed project, plans on the biological components of the surrounding environ. Activities

of the some projects have undesirable impacts on the peripheral ecosystems. Generally it is

believed that waste disappears when it is burnt. However, in true sense the burnt waste

transforms into ashes and gas, in which chemical reactions lead to the formation of new

compounds which may be toxic.

This report characterizes prevailing biodiversity status of the proposed project site (Core

Zone) and its surrounding area of 10 km. radius (Buffer Zone). Efforts have been made to

predict likely impacts due to project activities, and suggest mitigation measures to reduce /

mitigate impacts on ecological components of the surrounding area.

The objectives of this study are as follows:

To conduct detailed study for floral/ faunal/ avifaunal elements in the

study area.

To assess scheduled species in the area (Rare, endangered, critically






endangered, endemic and vulnerable).

To identify locations and features of ecological significance

To collect Baseline data for the study area along with a description of the

existing terrestrial, wetland and aquatic vegetation.

Survey Methodology

The study area was analyzed with GIS tools and marked around 24 sampling points by

covering the various ecosystems of core and buffer zones in all the directions. A

reconnaissance survey has been made randomly to observe the ecologically sensitive

habitats. General Interviews were made with local people on native animals and

medicinal plants used frequently. The plant species were identified with the help of

taxonomists of related fields and nearby Institutions. Besides the collection of plant

species, information was also collected with vernacular names of plant species made by

local inhabitants. In this process the whole study area was divided into different sections

to get the maximum diversity of plant species. The sampling sites were selected based on

land use pattern, topography and floristic composition of the study area. The other

relevant data on bio-diversity, like economically important plant species and medicinal

plant, rare and endangered species in the study area have been collected from secondary

sources like forest and wild life departments.

Flora and fauna studies were carried out during summer season to assess the list of

terrestrial and aquatic biodiversity occur in the core and buffer zone of project site.

Types of survey

Reconnaissance survey (Near Agricultural, Human habitations and Roadside)

Quadrate and Line transact method for trees, shrubs and herbs

Belt transect method for certain faunal species and road side trees

Point count method for birds

Direct and indirect evidences for other faunal species

Activities undertaken during the study






1. Floral survey

Identification and documentation of tree, shrub, herb, climber and grass

species

Analysis of scheduled taxas of the study area

2. Faunal Survey

Identification and Documentation of Avian, Reptilian, Amphibian,

Mammal and other faunal species diversity

Observations by direct and indirect evidences

Analysis of scheduled species

3. Study of habitat/microhabitat for the faunal elements in the study area

4. Photo documentation for flora and fauna (E – herbarium for flora)

Flora

Quadrate method has been used for carryout the study of trees, shrubs, herbs and grasses. 20

m X 20 m Quadrates for tree species, 5 m X 5 m quadrates for shrubs and 1 m X 1 m

quadrates for herbs. During belt transects, an area of 100 m X 10 m width was estimated for

statistical analysis, List of floral species observed at each quadrant was documented and

photographed. Species were compared with standard floras and identifying the plants need

for conservation. The Importance Value Indices (IVI) of structural species was calculated as

the sum of relative frequency, relative density and relative dominance. Dominance was based

on canopy cover. Density was calculated as the number of individuals per hectare in case of

shrubs and tree like plants. As the herbaceous species have completed life cycle and died

(dried), they are not considered for quantitative analysis. Importance value indices (IVI) of

different species were calculated as the sum of relative frequency, relative density and

relative dominance (relative dominance was based on the percent cover). Relative values

were calculated by dividing the value attained by a species by the total parametric value and

multiplying with 100.

Fauna






A detailed study has been carried out for faunal species by direct and indirect methods.

Direct sightings were made for aves, reptiles and insects and secondary data on mammals

were from local villagers. Scheduling of species was done according to Indian Wildlife

Protection act (1972) and IUCN is done for each species and checked the REET species. No

quantitative data was calculated as some species are listed through secondary source. As the

animals are migratory in nature, habitats used by protected, important or sensitive species for

breeding, nesting, foraging, migration are ascertained.

Field observation

It is located towards agricultural ecosystem. This area is having several trees or plantations.

The flora of the core area is falls under two categories depending on the current land use.

Tungabhadra River runs towards the South of the Industry. Except for perennial crops of

banana there was hardly any cultivation during the summer season. But during the rainy

season all seasonal crops of Paddy, Jowar, Sorghum, Maize, Sunflower, Cotton, Chillies,

Tomato, Groundnut, Red gram, Green gram, Black gram, Horse gram, Chickpea, Onion as

well Chrysanthimum is grown. There are also small plantations of Teak and orchards of

Mango, Sapota, Gauva, Pomegranate, Papaya, Orange and Lime. Cultivation is dependent

on rains and groundwater. Vegetation is very sparse except in inaccessible regions. The

forests belong to the Southern Tropical dry deciduous type. Bauhinia racemosa, Carissa

spinarum, Euporbia antiuorum, Holoptelia integrifolia are quite abundant widely scattered

in the forest areas. But the entire ground was covered by dry Cymbopon coloratus which

acts as a fuse to spread the fire and fuel to support the fire. Hence burning during dry season

is a common practice. Another common plant found on ground level is Croton

banplantianum

1. Flora

(Core Zone/ Project Site):-

The project site is a private land with man-made ecosystem with good green cover. Entire

area is with terrestrial vegetation is without any forest or agriculture land and it was devoid






of any ecologically sensitive biological resources. There are no REET species present in the

core zone. No migratory corridors or breeding grounds for faunal species present here. The

proposed expansion area is a private agricultural land. Some space was allotted to raise

specific plants in core zone. No special precautions are required towards conservation of

faunal diversity. The common butterflies, dragonflies, birds and smaller mammals were

sighted here. The most commonly seen herbs are Cleome viscosa, Acheranthus aspera,

Alternentra sissalis, Tridax procumbence, Euphorbia hirta etc and few weeds such as

Parthenium, Tephrocia purpuria, Lucas aspera and Casia uniflora. Prosophis is commonly

distributed throughout the region.

Figure 3.13: Existing plantation at the project site

(Buffer zone)

Within 10 km radius of impact area, there are few large trees such as Neem, Borassus and

Acacia nilotica, Ziziphus horrida, Mesquite (Prosopis juliflora), Prosopis spicigera,

Balanites aegyptiaca, Phoenix sylvestris, Calotropis procera, Carissa spinarum and

Cassia auriculata were most widespread, abundant and dominant. In addition to the

shrubs mentioned above, there are a few perennial climbers such as Pergularia daemia,






Sarcostemma secamone, Swallow root (Decalepis hamiltoni) and Cassytha filiformis

present in the study area.

Buffer zone/ 10 Km Impact area

The Buffer zone is mostly filled with human habitations. It has mainly urban environment

with few aquatic bodies. Most of the region is covered with roads and residential colonies.

Hence, vegetative survey was conducted for trees at road side and near parks and other

places for herbs and shrubs. There are no endangered and endemic plants present in the

buffer and core zones. The faunal composition was also estimated based on the direct and

indirect evidences. Relative frequency, relative density, relative dominance and the value

indices of the structural species present in the unopened proposed project site are given in

the following Tables.

Table 3. 20: List of floral species recorded/compiled in the Buffer Zone of the Project Shivtek,

Karnool (10 km surrounding the buffer area)

Tree

S. No. Botanical Name Local Name Family

1. Agave Americana Kalabanda Agavaceae

2. Alangium salvifolium Ooduga Allangiaceae

3. Anacardium occidentalis Munthamamidi Anacardiaceae

4. Mangifera indica Mamidi Anacardiaceae

5. Annona reticulata Ramaphalam Annonaceae

6. Annona squamosa Seetaphalam Annonaceae

7. Aganosma cymose Nalla teega Apocynaceae

8. Plumera alba Arbataganneru Apocynaceae

9. Writea tinctirea Amkuda Apocynaceae

10. Borassus flabellifer Tadi Arecaceae

11. Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae

12. Elaeis guineensis Palm oil tree Arecaceae

13. Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Arecaceae

14. Balanites aegyptiaca Ringari Balanitaceae






15. Millintonea hurtensis Kavuki Bignoniaceae

16. Peltophorum pterocarpum Kondachinta Caesalphinaceae

17. Casuarina equisetifolia Sarugudu Casurinaceae

18. Terminalia arjuna Tella Maddi Combretaceae

19. Terminalia catappa Badam Combretaceae

20. Bauhinia purpurea Deva kanchanum Fabaceae

21. Dalbergia sissoo Seesam Fabaceae

22. Delonix regia Sunkesula Fabaceae

23. Desmodium pulchellum Deyyapu mokka Fabaceae

24. Erithrina indica Kalyana murungai Fabaceae

25. Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fabaceae

26. Samanea saman Nidra ganneru Fabaceae

27. Tamarindus indica Chinta Fabaceae

28. Gmelina asiatica Gumudu Lamiaceae

29. Tectona grandis Teaku Lamiaceae

30. Cassia occidentalis Kasintha Leguminosae

31. Cassia siamea Seema tangedu Leguminosae

32. Cieba pentandra Tella Buruga Malvaceae

33. Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae

34. Acacia leucophloea Tella thumma Mimosaceae

35. Acacia nilotica Nalla thumma Mimosaceae

36. Acacia sphenocephala Seemathumma Mimosaceae

37. Prosopis chilensis Sarkaar tumma Mimosaceae

38. Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaeceae

39. Prosopis spicigera Jammi Mimosaeceae

40. Ficus benghalensis Marri Moraceae

41. Ficus hispida Bomma-medi Moraceae

42. Ficus religiosa Raavi Moraceae

43. Sysygium cumini Jinna Myrtaceae






44. Ochna obtusa Sunari Ochnaceae

45. Pongamia pinnata Kanuga Papilionaceae

46. Bambusa arundinacea Veduru Poaceae

47. Ziziphus horrrida Tella regu Rhamnaceae

48. Zizyphus jujuba Regu Rhamnoceae

49. Morinda tinctoria Maddi Rubiaceae

50. Mytragyna parviflora Nerkadamba Rubiaceae

51. Aegle marmelos Maredu Rutaceae

52. Limonia acidissima Velaga Rutaceae

53. Psidium guajava Jaama Rutaceae

54. Sapindus emarginatus Kunkudu Sapindaceae

55. Achrus zapota Sapota Sapotaceae

56. Gmelina arborea Gummadi Verbenaceae

57. Premna tomentosa Naguru Verbenaceae

Shrubs

S.No. Botanical Name Local Name Family

1. Abutilon cryspum Duvvena Kayalu Malvaceae

2. Abutilon indicum Thuthuru Benda Malvaceae

3. Artocarpus integrifolia Panas Moraceae

4. Boguinevillae spectabilis Kadalasupoovu-chedi Nyctaginaceae

5. Caesalphina pulcherrima Mayir-konrai Caesalphinaceae

6. Calotropis gigantea Tella Jilledu Asclepiadaceae

7. Calotropis procera Jilledu Asclepiadaceae

8. Capparis zeylanica - Capparidaceae

9. Cascabela thevitia Pachaganneru Apocynaceae

10. Cassia alata Metta-tamara Fabaceae

11. Cipadessa baccifera Pullipancheddi Melicaeae

12. Cleome gynandra Vaaminta Cleomaceae






13. Clerodendrum serratum Vaadhamaddakki Verbenaceae

14. Costus speciosus Kevu kanne Costaceae

15. Datura stramonium Ummetha Solanaceae

16. Eupatorium odoratum Bitter Bush Asteraceae

17. Euphorbia caudifolium Leafless Milk Hedge Euphorbiaceae

18. Eupatorium odoratum Bitter Bush Asteraceae

19. Gymnosporia montana Danti Verbenaceae

20. Helictres isora Nulitada Sterculiaceae

21. Holarrhena antidysenterica Kutaja Apocynaceae

22. Hybanthus inneaspermis Ratnapurusha Violaceae

23. Hyptis suaveolens Maha beera Lamiaceae

24. Indigofera linnaei Yerra Palleru, Cheragadam Fabaceae

25. Ipomoea carnea Pandiri Thooti Convolvulaceae

26. Jasminum cuspidatum Urumikol Oleaceae

27. Lantana camara Kattera Verbenaceae

28. Opuntia dillenii Nagajamudu Cactaceae

29. Phoenix humilis Jitteetha Aracaceae

30. Saccharam spontanium Kaki Ceruku Poaceae

31. Terena asiatica Konda Papidi Rubiaceae

32. Toddalia asiatica Advi nimma Rutaceae

33. Xanthium strumarium Marulutige Asteraceae

34. Ximenia americana Nakkera Olacaceae

35. Zizyphus oenoplia Pariki Rhamnaceae

Herbs


1. Zea maize Mokkajonna Poaceae

2. Vernonia divergens Bandar Asteraceae

3. Waltheria indica Nalla Benda Sterculiaceae






4. Trianthema portulacastrum Ambatimadu Aizoaceae

5. Urena lobeta padanikaada Malvaceae

6. Tephrosia purpurea Vempali Fabaceae

7. Straiga asiatica Sudumali Scrophulariaceae

8. Sphaeranthus indicus Bodataram Asteraceae

9. Solanum surattense Vakudu Solanaceae

10. Sida cordata Bala Malvaceae

11. Sida acuta Katarumannan Malvaceae

12. Scoparia dulcis Potti Boli Scrophulariaceae

13. Sansevieria roxburghiana Ishaura-koda-udr Agavaceae

14. Rostellularia diffusa Spreading Justica (E) Acanthaceae

15. Rhynchosia minima Adavi Vulavateega Fabaceae

16. Pupalia lappacea Gundu Uttareni Amaranthaceae

17. Portulaca oleraceae Boddupavilikoora Portulacaceae

18. Plumbago zeylanica Chitramulamu Plumbaginaceae

19. Phyllanthus amanus Nela Usiri Euphorbiaceae

20. Physalis minima Kupanti Solanaceae

21. Parthenium hysterophorus Congresspoolu Asteraceae

22. Pavonia zeylanica Peramutti Malvaceae

23. Oldenlandia umbellata Vernnela-Vemu Rubiaceae

24. Ocimum canum Kukka Tulasi Lamiaceae

25. Mullugo nudicaulis Verrichaatharaashi Molluginaceae

26. Mollugo pentaphylla Verri Chatarasi Aizoaceae

27. Mimosa pudica Thottaccurungi Mimosaceae

28. Leucas aspera Thummi Lamiaceae

29. Leucas cephalotis Pedda Tummi Lamiaceae

30. Lepidagathis cristata Nakkapeeti Acanthaceae

https://sites.google.com/site/indiannamesofplants/via-names/telugu/verri-cadarasi-verri-chatarasi






Gadda

31. Justicia procumbens Kotakacalai Acanthaceae

32. Hygrophila auriculata Kokilakshi Acanthaceae

33. Gymnema sylvestre Podapatri Asclepiadaceae

34. Euphorbia hirta Pachabotlu Euphorbiaceae

35. Evolvulus alsinoides Visnu krantha Convolvulaceae

36. Eclipta alba Gunta galijru Asteraceae

37. Eclipta prostrata Galijeru Astreraceae

38. Dendrocalamus strictus Sanna vedru Poaceae

39. Dendrophthoe falcata Badanika Loranthaceae

40. Crinum asiaticum Adavi ulli Amaryllidaceae

41. Cynodon dactylon Garika Cyperaceae

42. Cynoglotis tuberosa Sahyadri Dew-Grass Commelinaceae

43. Colocasia esculenta Atukatiga Araceae

44. Commelina benghalensis Aduthinnathalai Commelinaceae

45. Clitoria ternatea Shanka puship Fabaceae

46. Coccinea indica Kalvazhai Cucurbitaceae

47. Coccinia grandis Donda Kaya Cucurbitaceae

48. Cocculus hirsutus Dusaari Menispermaceae

49. Cleome gynandra Vaminata Cleomaceae

50. Cleome viscosa Yerri Vaminta Cleomaceae

51. Celsoia viridis Mayurasikhi Amaranthaceae

52. Catharanthus roseus Nithyakalyaani Apocynaceae

53. Cassia tora Tagarisa Fabaceae

54. Cassia occidentalis Adavi Chennangi Fabaceae

55. Cassia fistula Rela Caesalpiniaceae

56. Cardiospermum halicacabum Buddalaaku Sapindaceae






57. Borreria hispida Madanaaku Rubiaceae

58. Blepharis madaraspatana Balli noraaku Acanthaceae

59. Blumea mollis Kukkapogaku Asteraceae

60. Blumea virens Adavi pogaku Asteraceae

61. Boerhaevia diffusa Atukamaamidi Nyctaginaceae

62. Boerhavia erecta Seemai mookarattai Nyctaginaceae

63. Barleria prinotis Kattu Kangaambaram Acanthaceae

64. Asistasia gangetica Ganges Primrose Acanthaceae

65. Asparagus racemosus Pilli tigalu Liliaceae

66. Atalantia monophylla Konda nimma Rutaceae

67. Atylosia scarabaeoides Kattumuthira Papilionaceae

68. Andrographis echioides Noogu nelemu Acanthaceae

69. Andrographis paniculata Nela Vemu Acanthaceae

70. Anisochilus indica Adusapundlaaku Lamiaceae

71. Albizia amara Nalla Renga Fabaceae

72. Aloe vera Gheekumari Asphodelaceae

73. Alternanthera sessilis Ponaganti kura Amaranthaceae

74. Amaranthus spinosus Mullatotakura Amaranthaceae

75. Aerva lanata Konda Pindi Amaranthaceae

76. Ageratum conyzoides Bhakumbar Asteraceae

77. Achyranthes aspera Uttareni Amaranthaceae

Source: - Listing is supported by Forest department Karnool, Andhra Pradesh

Climber


1. Abrus precatorius Guriginja Fabaceae

2. Dioscorea oppositifolia Adda dumpa Dioscoriaceae

3. Ipomea nil Kolli Convolvulaceae






4. Ipomea pestigritis Poonaikkeerai Convolvulaceae

5. Merremia tridentata Seethamma Jada Convolvulaceae

6. Mucuna pruriens Dula gondi Fabaceae

7. Tragea involucrata Durada gondi Euphorbiaceae

1. Cleome viscosa 2. Acheranthus aspera 3. Pergularia daemi 4. Sarcostemma secamone






1. Acacia nilotica 2. Ziziphus horrida 3. Acacia leucophloea 4. Calotropis






Mammals

Sampling: Information based on recent sightings / records of mammals by the villagers

and locals were also collected from these areas.

Trails which are currently under use can be identified by following evidences:

1. By observing fresh pugmarks.

2. By observing fresh scrape marks on ground.

3. By observing fresh fecal material, droppings, urine marks etc. By observing fresh

landering (on tress along the path)

Above methods are applicable for following species:

S. No. Methods Species on which applicable

1. Fresh Pugmark Cats, Langur

2. Dropings below big trees Langur

3. Urine Hare,Langur

Birds sampling: To record and compile the information about the species of birds,

observations were made with the help of binoculars; field guides and necessary help were

sought from the forest department.

Reptiles sampling: To record and compile the information about the species of reptiles

observations were made with the help of binoculars; field guides, ground searching and

necessary help was sought from the forest department.

Faunal diversity provides a characterization of the area and interconnections with respect

to the wildlife and wildlife habitats that either occurs on or within the vicinity of the plant.

The site characterization is based on survey conducted in December 2022, supplemented

by available data from the State/Central Forest Officials, observations during site visit and

asking the local people. The diversity of fauna basically depends upon density and

1. Hierochloe odorata 2. Prosopis Juliflora 3. 4. Senna siamea 5. Lasiurus scindicus 6. Acacia Spp. 7.

Vachellia cornigera 8. Euphorbia spp. 9. Holoptelea integrifolia 10. Polyalthia longifolia 11. Ziziphus

nummularia 12. Passiflora foetida






diversity of flora. The richer the diversity among the flora better will be the diversity in

fauna.

Wildlife present in the study area was identified through a combination of direct

observation and indirect indicators including vocalizations and signs (e.g., scat, tracks).

The faunal composition generally with arboreal and semi arboreal based animals. Some

very common small animals like rats, snakes, skinks and lizards are generally found here.

Mynas, White headed babblers, Sparrows, Black drango and Indian Robins are present in

the area.

The invertebrate life is enthralling with an over hundred species of Butterflies, over 50

species of moths, and a huge diversity among other insects. East Asian tree frog, narrow

mouthed frog, Indian cricket frog etc, represent 18 species of amphibians, while their

reptilian counterparts include snakes like Russell’s viper, Indian rock python along with

other reptiles such as marsh crocodile, monitor lizard, star tortoise, etc. Mammals like

wild dog, Jackal, Striped hyena, Spotted deer, Sambar, Barking deer, Nilgai, etc.

Mammals:

The study area was a place of poor mammalian diversity. Wild boars were of common occurrence

in this area. The area represents good habitat for this animal. At places, the damage caused by

them to agriculture and plantations make them vulnerable to control. 27 species of mammals have

been recorded during visit from the study area. The mammalian species recorded are listed in the

following tables along with their schedule in which they are placed according to the Wildlife Act

1972 and IUCN status.

Table 3. 21: List of faunal species recorded/compiled in the Buffer Zone of the Project

Shivtek, Karnool (10 km surrounding the buffer area)

Mammals

Common Name Scientific Name Schedule Category, 1972 IUCN Status

Madras Tree Shrew Anathana ellioti V LC

Black buck Antilope cervicapra I NT

Large Bandicoot Rat Bandicota indica V LC






Asiatic Jackal Canis aureus naria II LC

Short-nosed Fruit Bat Cynopterus sphinx V LC

Cave Fruit Bat Eonycteris spelaea V LC

Jungle cat Felis chaus II LC

Indian Palm Squirrel Funambulus palmarum IV LC

Indian Grey Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii II LC

Small Indian Mongoose

Herpestes javanicus

auropunctatus V LC

Common hare Lepus nigricollis IV LC

Rhesus macaque Macaca mulatta II LC

Bonnet monkey Macaca radiata II LC

Indian False Vampire Megaderma lyra V LC

Field Mouse Mus booduga V LC

House mouse Mus musculus V LC

Elliot's Brown Spiny Mouse Mus saxicola V LC

Indian Hedgehog

Paraechinus micropus

nudiventris IV LC

Indian Pipistrelle Pipistrellus coromandra V LC

Indian flying fox Pteropus giganteus V LC

House rat Rattus V LC

Lesser Rat-tailed Bat Rhinopoma hardwickei V LC

Langur Semnopithecus entellus II LC

House Shrew Suncus murinus V LC

Long-armed Sheath tailed Bat Taphozous longimanus V LC

Indian Gerbil Tatera indica cuvieri V LC

Source: forest department Kurnool forest division

Reptiles:

The reptiles of arid zones exhibit remarkable diversity. The reptiles include turtles, lizards,

amphibians, and snakes. The reptiles have a prominent role in the ecological balance and

conservation of nature. Due to thoughtless destruction of natural habitats by man for his






own uses, a large number of reptiles are threatened. Some of the amphibians and reptiles

recorded during field visit are listed in the Table.

S.No. Common Name Scientific Name Schedule IWPA-1972 Category

Amphibians

1. Common Indian Toad Bufo melanostictus V

2. Skittering Frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis V

3. Indian Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus V

4. Common frog Rana tigrina IV

Reptiles

5. Krait Bungarus coeruleus IV

6. Garden lizard Calotes versicolor V

7. Saw-scaled viper Echis carinatus IV

8. Pond Tortoise Geomyda trijuga IV

9. Wall lizard Hemidactylus brooki V

10. Oriental garden lizard Calotes versicolor

11. Forest Lizard Calote rouxi

12. Cobra Naja II

13. Wolf snake Oligodon venustus IV

14. Rat snake Ptyas mucosus II

15. Common Skink Mabuya carinata

16. Russell's viper Vipera russeli II

17. Checkered Keelback Xernochrophis piscator II

18. Indian Chameleon Chamaeleon zeylanicus

Bird Fauna:

Birds are important to human welfare in various ways including seed dispersal agents.

Despite the human activities, the study sites have fairly good avifaunal diversity. The field

survey resulted in documentation of about 79 bird species, which are listed in the

following Table.

Avifauna

S.No

.

Common Name Scientific Name

Schedule

Category,

IWPA 1972

IUCN

Category

1. Bar-headed goose Anser indicus - -






2. Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus IV -

3. Black headed Ibis

Threskiornis

melanocephalus - NT

4. Black kite Milvus migrants IV -

5. Black shouldered kite Elanus caeruleus IV -

6. Black winged stilt Himantopus IV -

7. Brown fish owl Bubo zeylonesis IV -

8. Common babbler Turdoides candatus IV -

9. Common gray quail Coturnix IV

10. Common hawk Cuculus varius V -

11. Common quail Coturnix IV -

12. Common sand piper Actitis hypoleucos IV -

13. Common sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos - -

14. Common snipe Gallinago IV -

15. Common swallow Hirundo rustica - -

16. Coots Fulica atra IV -

17. Crow pheasant Centropus cinensis IV

18. Darter Anhinga melanogaster - NT

19. Demoiselle crane Anthropoides virgo IV -

20. Golden headed

woodpecker Dinopium benghalense IV -

21. Green bee eater Merops orientalis - -

22. Grey Heron Ardea cinerea - -

23. Grey necked Bunting Emberiza buchanani IV

24. Grey wagtail Motacilla caspica - -

25. Hoopoe Upupa epops - -

26. House crow Corvus spledens V

27. House sparrow Passer domesticus - -

28. Indian great horned owl Bubo owl IV -

29. Indian myna Acrodontherus tristis IV -

30. Indian night jar Caprimulgus asiaticus IV -

31. Indian pipits Anthus novaeseelan-diae IV -

32. Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicatus

-

33. Indian Roller Caracias benghalensis IV -

34. Indian Silver bill Euodice malabarica - -

35. Indian small sky lark Alaunda gulgula IV -

36. Intermediate Egret Ardea intermedia - -

37. Jungle crow Corvus macrorhynchus V -

38. Koel Eudynamys scolopacea V -






39. Large Indian parakeet Psiltacula eupatria IV -

40. Laughing dove Spilopelia senegalensis - -

41. Little cormorant Phalacrocorax niger IV -

42. Little egret Egretta garzetta IV -

43. Magpie robin Copsychus saularis - -

44. Palm swift Cypsiarus parvus - -

45. Pariah kite Milvus migrans - -

46. Pied king fisher Ceryle rudius IV -

47. Pond heron Ardeola grayii - -

48. Purple moor hen Porphyrio - -

49. Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV -

50. Rain quail Coturnix coromandelica IV -

51. Red headed bunting Emberiza melanocephala IV -

52. Red munia Estrilda amandave IV -

53. Red start Phoenicurus ochrurus IV -

54. Red vented bulbul Picnonotus cater IV -

55. Red wattled lapwing Vanellus indicus - -

56. Ring dove Streptopelia decaocto IV -

57. River tern Sterna aurantia - NT

58. Rock Dove Columba livia IV -

59. Rose ringed parakeet Psiltacula krameri IV -

60. Rosy Starling Pastor roseus - -

61. Ruddy shelduck Tadorna ferruginea IV -

62. Screech owl Tyto alba IV -

63. Shikra Accipitar badius - -

64. Small blue king fisher Alcedo atthis IV -

65. Small minivet Pericrocotus cinnanomus IV -

66. Spot billed Duck Anas poecilorhyncha - -

67. Spotted dove Streptopela chinensis IV -

68. Spotted sand piper Tringa glareola IV

69. Tailor bird Orthotonus sutorias - -

70. Tawny Eagle Aquila rapax - -

71. Weaver bird Ploceus phillippinus IV

72. White breasted water hen Amaurornis phoenicurus - -

73. White eyed Buzzard Butastur teesa - -

74. White throat lesser Sylvia curuca IV -

75. White throated munia Lonchuro malabarica IV -

76. White Wagtail Motacilla alba - -






77. White-browed wagtail Motacilla maderaspatensis - -

78. Yellow wagtail Motacilla flava IV -

79. Yellow wattle lapwing Vanellus malabaricus - --

Source: Listing is supported by Forest Department, Karnool, Andhra Pradesh

1. Black buck 2. Rhesus macaque 3. Fruit Bat 4. Five stripped squirrel






1. White throated kingfisher 2. Grey Francolin 3. Kestrel 4. Painted strok

5. Grey shrike 6. Zitting cisticola 7. Ring-necked dove 8. Green bee eater






3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

In this section, the prevailing socio-economic aspects of people in the study area have been

described, which would form the basis for making planning efforts for the socio-economic

development of people in the study area.

The broad objectives of the socio-economic impact assessment are as follows:

To study the socio-economic status of the people living in the study area of the

proposed project.

To assess the impact on socio-economic environment due to proposed project.

To assess the impact of the project on State Gross Domestic Product (SGDP)

To evaluate the community development measures proposed to be taken up by the

Project Proponent, if any.

To suggest Community Development measures needs to be taken for the study area

3.13.1 Methodology

The methodology adopted for impact assessment is as follows:

a) The details of the activities and population structure have been obtained from Census

2011 and analyzed.

b) Primary data was collected by a door-to-door survey in urban area and household’s

living therein. The data collected during the above survey was analyzed to evaluate

the prevailing socio-economic profile of the area.

c) Based on the above data, impacts due to construction operation on the community

have been assessed and recommendations for further improvement have been made.

3.13.2 Concept & Definition

Study Area: The study area, also known as impact area has been defined as the sum total of

core area/project area and buffer area with a radius of 10 Kilometers from the periphery of

the core area/project is. The study area includes all the land marks both natural and

manmade falling herein.






Household: A group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a

common kitchen are called a household. Persons living in a household may be related or

unrelated or a mix of both. However, if a group of related or unrelated persons live in a

house but do not take their meals from the common kitchen, then they are not part of a

common household. Each such person is treated as a separate household. There may be one

member households, two member households or multi-member households.

a) Sex ratio: Sex ratio is the ratio of males to females in a population. It is expressed as

number of females per 1000 males.

b) Literates: All persons aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with

understanding in any language are taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to

have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for

being treated as literate. People who are blind but can read in Braille are also treated

as literates.

c) Literacy rate: Literacy rate of population is defined as the percentage of literates to

the total population aged 7 years and above.

d) Labour Force: The labor force is the number of people employed and unemployed in

aerographical entity. The size of the labour force is the sum total of persons employed

and unemployed. An unemployed person is defined as a person not employed but

actively seeking work. Normally, the labour force of a country consists of everyone of

working age (around 14to 16) and below retirement (around-65) that are participating

workers, that is people actively employed or seeking employment. People not counted

under labour force are students, retired persons, stay-at home parents, people in

prisons and discouraged workers.

e) Work: Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with

or without compensation, wages or profit. Such participation may be physical and/or

mental in nature. Work involves not only actual work but also includes effective

supervision and direction of work. The work may be part time or full time or unpaid

work in a farm, family enterprise or in any other economic activity.






f) Worker: All persons engaged in 'work' are defined as workers. Persons who are

engaged in cultivation or milk production even solely for domestic consumption are

also treated as workers.

g) Main Workers: Those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference

period (i.e. 6 months or more) are termed as Main Workers.

h) Marginal Workers: Those workers who did not work for the major part of the

reference period (i.e. less than 6 months) are termed as Marginal Workers

i) Work participation rate: The work participation rate is the ratio between the labour

force and the overall size of their cohort (national population of the same age range).

In the present study the work participation rate is defined as the percentage of total

workers (main and marginal) to total population.

3.13.3 Legislative and Regulatory Considerations

To review laws and regulations governing the project’s implementation and the access of

poor and excluded groups to goods, services and opportunities provided by the project. In

addition, review the enabling environment for public participation and development

planning. SIA should build on strong aspects of the legal and regulatory systems to facilitate

program implementation and identify weak aspects while recommending alternative

arrangements.

3.13.4 Social Impact Assessment

Social Impact Assessment (SIA) is an instrument used to analyze social issues and solicit

stakeholder views for the design of projects. SIA helps in making the project responsive to

social development concerns, including options that enhance benefits for poor and

vulnerable people while mitigating risk and adverse impacts. It analyzes distributional

impacts of intended project benefits on different stakeholder groups, and identifies

differences in assets and capabilities to access the project benefits. The scope and depth of

SIA should be determined by the complexity and importance of issues studied, taking into

account the skills and resources available. SIA should include studies related to involuntary






resettlement, compulsory land acquisition, impact of imported workforces, job losses

among local people, damage to sites of cultural, historic or scientific interest, impact on

minority or vulnerable groups, child or bonded labour, use of armed security guards.

However, SIA may primarily include the following:

3.13.5 Social Issues

SIA provides baseline information for designing social development strategy. The analysis

should determine the key social and Institutional issues which affect the project objectives;

identify the key stakeholder groups in this context and determine how relationships between

stakeholder groups will affect or be affected by the project; and identify expected social

development outcomes and actions proposed to achieve those outcomes.

3.13.6 Strategy to Achieve Social Development Outcomes

Identify the likely social development outcomes of the project and propose a social

development strategy, including recommendations for institutional arrangements to achieve

them, based on the findings of the social assessment. The social development strategy could

include measures that:

strengthen social inclusion by ensuring inclusion of both poor and excluded groups as

well as then intended beneficiaries in the benefit stream, offer access to opportunities

created by the project

empower stakeholders through their participation in design and implementation of the

project, their access to information, and their increased voice and accountability (i.e. a

participation framework); and

enhance security by minimizing and managing likely social risks and increasing the

resilience of intended beneficiaries and affected persons to socioeconomic shocks

3.13.7 Description of the Study Area

Kurnool is a city in the state of Andhra Pradesh, India. It formerly served as the capital

of Andhra State (1953–1956). The city is often referred to as "The Gateway of






Rayalaseema". It also serves as the district headquarters of its Kurnool district. As of

2011 census, it is the fifth most populous city in the state with a population of 484,327.

It is located on the banks of the Tungabhadra River.

The villages in the study area are indirectly impacted as there is no rehabilitation and

resettlement required. The study area is of 10.0 km from the project location. The list of

villages falling in the study area is 27 villages & 2 urban cities the segregation is present

in table below.

i. 2 villages area are falling are from 0.0 km to 2.0 km radius boundary

ii. 5 villages area are falling are from 2.0 km to5.0 km radius boundary

iii. 6 villages area are falling are from 5.0 km to 7.0 km radius boundary

iv. 16 villages area are falling from 7.0 km to 10.0 km radius boundary

S.

No

0 to2 km S.

No.

2 to 5 km S.

No

5 to 7 km S.

N

o.

7 to 10 km

1 E.Thandrapadu 1 Panchalingala 1 Singavaram 1 Linganavai

2 Gondiparla 2 Kurnool (M Corp. +

OG) (Part)

2 Munagalapadu 2 Alampur

3 Joharapuram 3 Mamidalapadu (CT) 3 Imampur

4 Baswapur 4 Devamada 4 Pullur

5 Kasipur 5 Pudur 5 Bhairapur

6 Ryalampadu 6 D.Burdipadu

7 Ryalampad

8 Peddapadu (OG)

WARD NO.-0088

(Rural MDDS

CODE:593901)

9 Pandipadu (OG)

WARD NO.-0089

(Rural MDDS

CODE:593902)

10 Dinnadevarapadu (OG)

WARD NO.-0091






Population

In the study area, there are 93950 households of which 2.95 % household’s falls in 0 to 2 km,

73.97% household’s in 2 to 5 km , 8.12% household’s in 5 to 7 km and 14.95% household’s in 7

to 10 km respectively. The total population falling in the project area is 433802 of which 2.60 %

resides within 0 to 2 km, 74.06% are in 2 to 5 km ,7.85% are in 5 to 7 km and 15.49% in 7 to 10

km. The total male population consists of 50.19 % and female population accounts to be 49.81 %

of the total population. The sex ratio of the 10.0 km study area is 993 females over thousand

males. There are approx 4 to 6 members in a family. The 0-6 population comprises of 11.45% of

the total population of the study area. The sex ratio of 0-6 population is 932 females over

thousand males.

(Rural MDDS

CODE:593923)

11 B. Thandrapadu (OG)

WARD NO.-0092

(Rural MDDS

CODE:593922)

12 Pasupula (OG) WARD

NO.-0093 (Rural

MDDS CODE:593924)

13 Noothanapalle

14 Rudravaram (Part)

15 Laxmipuram (OG)

(Part) WARD NO.-

0090 (Rural MDDS

CODE:593887)

16 Gargeyapuram






Table 3. 22: Population &Literate

K.M. No_HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 M_06 F_06 P_SC M_SC F_SC P_ST M_ST F_ST P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT P_ILL M_ILL F_ILL

0 to 2 2775 11264 5734 5530 1379 691 688 1530 766 764 1 1 0 6238 3721 2517 5026 2013 3013

2 to 5 69499 321288 159894 161394 35854 18561 17293 55213 26658 28555 2850 1372 1478 217753 115777 101976 103535 44117 59418

5 to 7 7626 34049 17192 16857 4258 2197 2061 6937 3483 3454 302 148 154 21674 12063 9611 12375 5129 7246

7to 10 14050 67201 34892 32309 8175 4258 3917 17688 8972 8716 556 317 239 37831 22671 15160 29370 12221 17149

Total 93950 433802 217712 216090 49666 25707 23959 81368 39879 41489 3709 1838 1871 283496 154232 129264 150306 63480 86826

*HH- Household; Pop- Population *Source: Census of India, District Handbook 2011

Table 3. 23: Total &Main Work Participation

K.M. TOT_

WORK_

P

TOT_

WORK_

M

TOT_

WORK_

F

MAIN

WORK_

P

MAIN

WORK_

M

MAIN

WORK_

F

MAIN

_

CL_P

MAIN

_

CL_M

MAIN

_

CL_F

MAIN

_

AL_P

MAIN

_

AL_M

MAIN

_

AL_F

MAIN

_

HH_P

MAIN_H

H_M

MAIN_

HH_F

MAIN_

OT_P

MAIN_

OT_M

MAIN_

OT_F

0 to 2 5450 3235 2215 4926 3013 1913 236 183 53 2435 1067 1368 91 65 26 2164 1698 466

2 to 5 119199 84455 34744 105464 77509 27955 1730 1184 546 7440 3752 3688 7162 3105 4057 89132 69468 19664

5 to 7 13564 9213 4351 12426 8623 3803 579 449 130 3010 1331 1679 175 121 54 8662 6722 1940

7 to 10 31238 17683 13555 27049 15745 11304 3239 2082 1157 13933 6495 7438 822 414 408 9055 6754 2301

Total 169451 114586 54865 149865 104890 44975 5784 3898 1886 26818 12645 14173 8250 3705 4545 109013 84642 24371

*Source: Census of India, District Handbook 2011






Table 3. 24: Marg & Non Work Participation

K.M. MARG

WORK

_P

MARG

WORK_

M

MARG

WORK

_F

MARG

_CL_P

MAR

G_CL

_M

MARG

_CL_F

MARG

_AL_P

MARG_

AL_M

MARG

_AL_F

MARG

_HH_P

MARG

_HH_

M

MARG

_HH_F

MARG

_OT_P

MARG_

OT_M

MARG

_OT_F

NON_W

ORK_P

NON_W

ORK_M

NON_W

ORK_F

0 to 2 524 222 302 24 12 12 276 84 192 10 5 5 214 121 93 5814 2499 3315

2 to 5 13735 6946 6789 167 98 69 919 393 526 1502 489 1013 11147 5966 5181 202089 75439 126650

5 to 7 1138 590 548 49 21 28 329 126 203 131 97 34 629 346 283 20485 7979 12506

7 to 10 4189 1938 2251 254 127 127 2380 941 1439 164 85 79 1391 785 606 35963 17209 18754

Total 19586 9696 9890 494 258 236 3904 1544 2360 1807 676 1131 13381 7218 6163 264351 103126 161225

*Source: Census of India, District Handbook 2011







Figure. 3.14: Sex Ratio of Total Population within 10.0 km from Project Site

Figure. 3.15: Sex Ratio of 0-6 Population within 10.0 km from Project Site

SOCIAL STRUCTURE

In the study area, Schedule Caste population is 18.76% which is 81368 of the total

population. The males are 18.32% of the total male population and females account

for 19.20% of the total female population. The sex ratio of Schedule Caste is 1040

females over thousand males.

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

140000

160000

180000

0 to 2 k.m 2 to 5 k.m 5 to 7 k.m 7 to 10 k.m

Male

Female

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

12000

14000

16000

18000

20000

0 to 2 k.m 2 to 5 k.m 5 to 7 k.m 7 to 10 k.m

male 0-6

Female 0-6







In the study area, Schedule Tribe population is 0.85% which is 3709 of the total

population. The males are 0.84 % of the total male population and females account

for 0.87 % of the total female population. The sex ratio of Schedule Tribe is 1018

females over thousand males.

Figure 3.16: Sex Ratio (ST / SC ) within 10.0 km of the study area

LITERACY STATUS OF THE STUDY AREA

Persons aged seven years and above, who can both read and write with understanding

in any language are considered as literates. In the study area the literate person’s are

283496, which is 65.35% of the total population. The male literates are 70.84% of the

total male population and female literates are 59.82% of the total female population.

The illiterate population of the study area is 34.65%, the male illiteracy population is

29.16% and female illiteracy population is 40.18% with respect to the male and

female population respectively.

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

Male SC Female SC Male ST Female ST

0 to 2 k.m

2 to 5 k.m

5 to 7 k.m

7 to 10 k.m







Figure 3.17: Males & Female Literacy Rate

Worker’s Profile & Occupational Structure

The work participation in the study area is 169451 which account to be 39.06% of the

total population. The male work participation is 52.63% with respect to male

population and female work participation accounts to be 25.39% with respect to

female population in the study area.

Figure 3.18: Work Participation of Males & Females

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

Literacy

Male

Literacy

Female

ILLiteracy

Male

ILLiteracy

Female

0 to 2 k.m

2 to 5 k.m

5 to 7 k.m

7 to 10 k.m







The main work participation is 34.55% and marginal work participation is 4.51% of

the total working population. Further analysis of data has revealed that there exists

total male dominancy of 48.18% in main work participation. Marginal work

participation shows total female and total male dominancy which is 4.48% while

marginal male work participation is 4.45%.

Dependent Population

Based on total number of workers in the study area the overall dependency ratio has

been worked out at 156.0%. Of this 106.68% is in the 0-2 km, while 169.54% is seen

in the 2 to 5 km and 5 to 7km has 151.02% of dependency rate and 7 to 10 km has

115.13% of dependency rate. This indicates that unemployment situation in the study

area is far from satisfactory.

Table 3.25: Dependent Populations

Km Non Workers Total workers Dependency Rate

0 to 2 5814 5450 106.68

2 to 5 202089 119199 169.54

5 to 7 20485 13564 151.02

7 to 10 35963 31238 115.13

Total 264351 169451 156.00

Methodology

The methodology used for the primary survey is interview method in group discussions

with predefined questions. Interview method is used to collect data regarding the

awareness and opinion from the sample selected of the various socio- economic sections

of the community. Structured interviews involve the use of a set of predesigned

questionnaire that includes fixed and alternative questions. The questions mainly includes

the parameters such as income, employment and working conditions, housing, food,

clothing, water supply, sanitation, health, energy, transportation and communication,







education, environment and pollution to assess the quality of life of that particular region

and general awareness and opinion of the respondents about the project.

Socio-economic survey was conducted in nearby villages within the study area located in

all directions with reference to the project site. Socio-economic survey is done with group

discussion, Government regulatory official and locals. The respondents were asked for

their awareness/opinion about the project and their opinion about the impacts of the

project, which is an important aspect of socio-economic environment, viz. job

opportunities, education, health care, transportation facility and economic status.

The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area: According to survey

record, the latest feature about survey area is described below:

Focus Group Discussion Observations-

Focus Group Discussion Observations are conducted with the likely impacted

stakeholders, given as below:

Components Description

Living Standard The village houses are of permanent construction and many families have

their own vehicles, mobile phones, television etc. They travel for work

via NH to different places. The domestic and industrial establishments

have 24 hours of electricity.







Bank Facilities

According to the primary survey, approx 20 post offices, 15 -20

commercial banks and 5-6 cooperative banks are present in the study

area. Banking facilities are accessible to people of the area.

Transport And

Communication

National Highway 44 (India) which runs from Srinagar to

Kanyakumari and also highway of Bangalore to Hyderabad, passes

through Kurnool.

National highway 340C [Kurnool-Dornala] which connects

Srisailam, Vinukonda, Guntur, Vijayawada.

National Highway 40, [ Rayalseema Expressway ] which runs from







Kurnool to Chittoor, are the major highways passing through the

city.

Roads : The city has a total road length of 519.22 km. State owned bus

transport system, APSRTC, operates buses from Kurnool bus station to

other parts of the state.

Rail: - Kurnool City railway station lies on the Bengaluru – Hyderabad

railway line. It is classified as an A–category station in the Hyderabad

railway division of South Central Railway zone. Another railway station

name Kotla lies in the middle of the city.

Airport: - Kurnool Airport, officially known as Uyyalawada Narasimha

Reddy Airport, is located at Orvakal. Commercial operations of the

greenfield airport were started in March 2021.

Locals responded that transportation is upto the satisfactory level in the

villages. Govt. Bus service is available in almost all villages. The roads

conditions are good and also properly maintained.

Electricity &

Power

The district receives its power supply from Tungabhadra and Hampi

Hydro Electric Power Stations.

Gram

Panchayat

Most of the villages have their own gram Panchayat at building. Some

of the villages come in group gram Panchayat.

Panchayat Building







Education Standard Due to the urban development and project activities in the study and

nearby areas many educational institutions have established. Most of the

villages have a primary school following education institutions have been

observed during site visit. In the villages namely in Gondiparla and

E.Thandrapadu there are schools 5th and 12th standard. For higher

education the locals mainly study in Kurnool city.

Govt. School

Drinking Water

Facilities Water supply sources are borewells and hand pumps. However, many

houses have their boring, wells and river for regular domestic and

agriculture water usage. The requirement of appropriate water conservation

is required for future safeguard of the resource.







Govt. Water Tank

Health

Facilities

Primary Health Centre in the study area is available at a distance of 1-2 Kms

village & primary health sub centers are also available in most of the

village. Community Health worker & doctors visit villages periodically &

provide health facilities to the people. Vaccination & health camps are also

organized by PHC to aware the people about family planning, hygiene, &

health care.

Gondiparla Village PHC Center







Sources of

Irrigation

The farmers in the villages mostly depend on bore well, river, karnal etc.

Tungabhadra

River &

Krishna River

The principal rivers flowing in the district are the Tungabhadra (and its

tributary is Hundri) the Krishna and the Kunderu. The Tungabhadra rises

in the western ghats and after forming part of northern boundary for some

distance seperates Kurnool from the Telangana area flown in an Eastern

direction receives Hundri and falls into the Krishna river at Kudali Sangam

after winding Northwards.

The Krishna River is the fourth-largest river in terms of water inflows and

river basin area in India, after the Ganges, Godavari and Brahmaputra. The

river, also called Krishnaveni, is almost 1,288 kilometres (800 mi) long. It

is a major source of irrigation in the Indian states of Maharashtra,

Karnataka, Telangana and Andhra Pradesh.

Cropping

Pattern

Kharif and Rabi are the main crops in the district.

Kharif crops: - Paddy ,Redgram,Chillies,Cotton.

Rabi crops: - Paddy, Maize,Bengalgram,Blackgram,Groundnu,Chillies.

Animal

Husbandry Cows, Buffaloes & goats are mainly used for milk production for personal

consumption and sale. Goats are mainly used for production of meat.







Occupation

Facilities

Mostly locals are engaged in primary or tertiary jobs. The locals work

mostly in industries/factories. Locals want more skill development for

better future prospects. Mining is also common in the nearby district

region. Mostly village people work in agriculture and are daily wage

earners.

Economic

attributes

Economy of the study area is mainly based on the cultivation activity. The

major crop grown in the study area is paddy besides Chillies.

Points During

Group

discussion

More employment opportunities are required.

Higher education facilities and skill development programs are

required especially to help locals.

Social evils such as consumption of alcohol and smoking should be

banned.

Women should be encouraged for higher education and work in the

industry.







Group discussion

************







CHAPTER IV

Anticipated Environmental Impacts &

Mitigation Measures







INDEX

4.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 164

4.2 ANTICIPATED IMPACT & MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION

PHASE .................................................................................................................................................................... 164

4.3 IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 169

4.4 IMPACT ON SOIL ................................................................................................................................ 169

4.5 ANTICIPATED IMPACT OF WASTE GENERATION & MANAGEMENT ..................... 170

4.6 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON WATER RESOURCES AND QUALITY& MITIGATION

MEASURES ........................................................................................................................................................... 171

4.7 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL ............................................................................................................. 172

4.8 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY ............................................................................................................. 173

4.9 WATER ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................. 189

4.10 SOLID WASTE GENERATION ....................................................................................................... 190

4.11 NOISE POLLUTION ............................................................................................................................ 190

4.12 RAINWATER HARVESTING .......................................................................................................... 191

4.13 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ................................................................................ 192

4.14 MEDICAL CHECK-UP ....................................................................................................................... 194

4.15 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT ..................................................................................................... 199

4.16 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................... 202

4.17 COST ESTIMATE FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................... 202

***************







CHAPTER IV: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS& MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter presents identification and appraisal of various impacts from the project in

the study area based on the inventory of pollution sources as well as the baseline

environmental setting described in Chapter III of the EIA report. The impacts have been

assessed for the project assuming that the pollution due to the existing activities,

anthropogenic & natural, in the area has already been covered under baseline

environmental monitoring.

The project would create impact on the environment in two distinct phases:

During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term; and,

During the operation phase which would have long term effects.

The construction and operational phases of the project comprises of various activities,

each of which will have some impact on one or more environmental parameters. Various

impacts during the construction & operational phase of the project have been studied to

estimate the impact on the environment and are discussed briefly in the subsequent

sections.

4.2 ANTICIPATED IMPACT & MITIGATION MEASURES DURING

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Various activities during the erection and commissioning phase such as movement of

vehicles, HEMMs, remaining construction work etc. will lead to emission of particulate

matter. The impacts of construction phase are temporary in nature and subside once the

construction activities get over. Major pollutants generated from construction, erection &

commissioning activities are particulate matter (PM10 and PM2.5), NOx, SO2 & CO.







Generation of dust from construction activities will be main cause of increase in PM10 and

PM2.5. However, no major construction activity will be required at site for the proposed

project except that. The project also envisages demolition of existing structures and

including the area in the greenbelt. The impacts of construction phase on various

environmental attributes are tabulated below:

Table 4.1: Construction Phase: Impact & Mitigation Measures

Environmental

Attribute

Impact Mitigation measures

Land The existing land cover of the proposed

project site will get minimally affected as no

activities like paving of site for construction

of additional shed, installing plant equipment

and machineries, is required as this is an

already operational plant

The present land use of plot area is for

industrial use only.

Proposed greenbelt development &

plantation will improve the aesthetics

of the area.

Soil Soil contamination due to spillage of

materials, construction debris / waste on

land

Spillage of fabrication waste material

containing metal and paint

Proper segregation & storage of

Construction waste within premises.

Storm water will be properly

channelized to avoid water logging.

Air Quality Exhaust emissions like PM, CO, NOx from

vehicles.

Exhaust PM, CO, NOx & unburnt

hydrocarbons from construction machinery

& DG set.

Dust generation from earth-moving,

grading and civil works, and movement of

vehicles

Increase in pollutants in ambient air

will be marginal, for short duration

and its impact will be felt close to

the construction site only.

Moreover, as the infrastructure like

paved roads are already available,

the impact is likely to be reduced

The composition of dust in this kind

of operation is however mostly

coarse particles, inorganic and non-

toxic in nature. These are not

expected to travel long distance

before settling, which can also be







Environmental

Attribute


arrested with proper management

plan.

Regular sprinkling of water will be

done at the construction site.

DG Set of adequate stack height will

be used & HSD will be used as fuel.

Speed controlled vehicles with valid

PUC certificate will be used.

Construction site shall be barricaded

and dust screens shall be placed.

Avoiding engine idling

&unnecessary engine operations.

Noise Levels

The major activities, which produce

periodic noise, during construction phase,

are as follows:

Foundation works, Fabrication of

structures

Plant erection

Operation of construction equipment

Movement of vehicles etc

The peak noise levels from continuous

construction activity may be about 85-90

dB (A).

The impact of noise generated on

the environment is likely to be low,

reversible and localized in nature

The construction work will be

carried out during daytime only.

Vehicles will be speed controlled.

Machinery & equipment will be

provided with silencer, wherever

feasible.

Ensuring that DG sets are provided

with acoustic enclosures and

exhaust mufflers; and

Ear plugs/mufflers shall be provided

to the workers working in high noise

level areas.

Avoiding continuous exposure of

workers to high noise areas.

Water Quality

Ground water & surface water

contamination due to improper

management/handling& disposal of

No surface water will be used for

construction phase.

The construction in the project will







Environmental

Attribute


construction waste.

Non-point discharges of solids

Improper discharge of Sewage generated

from the construction work force stationed

at the site.

Run-off related to unpaved and excavated /

exposed areas during rainy days.

Sediments transported to run-off from the

construction site.

Run off related to area where lubricant,

fuel other construction materials are used

& stored.

be more related to mechanical

fabrication, assembly and the

erection; hence the water

requirement would be small.

Sanitation facilities are already

present as this is an existing project.

The same shall be utilized by the

construction workers.

Construction waste will be reused

within site to the extent possible &

remaining will be disposed off as

per C&D Rules through contractor.

Excavation during dry season only

and proper management of

excavated soil.

Removal & proper disposal of all

the debris from site, as soon as

construction is over.

Storm water drains as per contour &

drainage pattern.

Chemicals such as paints and

varnishes and oil / grease shall be

stored under covered area with

impervious flooring before disposal

Wash offs containing hazardous

substances such as paints and

varnishes and oil / grease should be

drained into impervious trays /

barrels for disposal as hazardous

wastes.

Ecology

The impact on the surrounding ecology due to

the project will mainly occur from the

No national park, wildlife sanctuary,

biosphere reserve exists within 10







Environmental

Attribute


deposition of dust generated due to

construction activities onto the nearby

vegetation.

km area of the project.

No cutting of trees is proposed.

Dust screens will be installed &

water sprinkling will reduce dust

generation.

Socio-Economic

Environment

The project will have positive impact on

the socio-economics of the area.

Local labour particularly unskilled labour

will be employed based on eligibility,

during construction phase.

The locals would get opportunities for

employment due to the proposed

project.

Occupational &

Community

Health

Over-exertion, and ergonomic injuries and

illnesses, such as repetitive motion, over-

exertion, and manual handling, are among

the most common causes of injuries in

construction activities.

Respiratory issues due to dust

High blood pressure etc. due to continuous

working near noise generating machinery

Use of PPEs such as dust masks &

ear muffs will be ensured to

workmen to reduce occupational

health hazards.

Implementation of administrative

controls into work processes, such

as job rotations and rest or stretch

breaks will be done.

Water sprinkling for dust

suppression to minimize dust from

vehicle movements & construction

activities.

Solid & hazardous

waste generation

& management

Construction waste:

Solid wastes in terms of food packet

wrappers, paper, plastic drums, cardboard,

paints, oil containers etc. will be generated.

It will be ensured that there is no

littering or deposition of

construction and demolition waste

so as to prevent obstruction to the

traffic or the public or drains.

Hazardous waste generated such as

used oil, paint containers etc shall

be stored temporarily within plant

premises & handed over to

authorized recyclers.







4.3 IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

The proposed expansion project does not involve any major civil construction or

additional land acquisition, and hence no disturbance to soil environment with respect

to soil profile disturbance and erosion. However accidental discharge of chlorine and

other gases, as well as effluents may lead to contamination of soil. There is no alteration

of terrain, and may lead to additional sealing of land due to increased foot print. Change

in the land use during and after construction phase is unavoidable. However as long as

it is not affecting the soil quality chemistry and sedimentation, the impact is not an

undesirable one. The impact on land environment is mainly due to accidental spillages

of chemicals, effluents and wastes. The expansion project has neutral impact on land

environment, terrain and soils as there is no additional land requirement, and the

impacts if any are restricted to within the site with negligible magnitude. The

operational phase impacts shall be low due to effective implementation of mitigation

measures in handling, storing and transferring wastes, effluents and chemicals.

4.4 IMPACT ON SOIL

Potential impacts on soil quality due to project activities are given below:

Contamination from leachate generation due to improper storage & handling of solid

& hazardous waste

Fuel leakage on soil during vehicular activities

Oil spill/leakages due to storage and handling of fuel

Mitigation measures:

Standard operating procedure (SOP) as per CPCB guidelines & HoW Rules 2016 for

handling of waste & no discharge of effluent on land will ensure no contamination of the

soil and hence the impacts due to the facility on the soil quality & land are negligible.







Due care shall be taken to mitigate any adverse impact on soil quality

Hazardous waste will be stored in separate covered shed with impervious flooring.

Domestic effluent will be treated in a modular STP of capacity 2.0 KLD.

4.5 ANTICIPATED IMPACT OF WASTE GENERATION &

MANAGEMENT

In practice, Unit operations will generate various types of waste streams, including:

Municipal Solid Waste (MSW); compostable waste; hazardous and industrial waste.

Improper storage & disposal of domestic solid waste may cause contamination of soil,

may cause odour issues due to putrefaction, may lead to flooding due to clogging of

drains & degrade the aesthetics of the area. Also, if left in the open, it may harm the

fauna, due to ingestion by birds & stray animals.

Mitigation measures

All the waste generated during the construction and post construction phase will be

disposed off as the applicable rules are as under:-

Construction & Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016

Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016

Domestic solid waste (approx. 25 kg/day) will be collected; segregated using color

coded bins and handed over to municipal waste collection system for final disposal to

municipal corporation waste disposal site.







Source: Task Force on Waste to Energy, Planning Commission, 2014

All the hazardous waste generated will be stored in closed containers/drums in covered

shed with impervious flooring & also having catch drains connecting to ETP for

collecting run-off water.

4.6 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON WATER RESOURCES AND

QUALITY& MITIGATION MEASURES

Surface Water

Water contamination may occur due to:

Discharge of untreated wastewater outside the project premises.

Depletion of water sources due to use of surface water.

Run-off contamination in case of any leakage from hazardous waste storage area.

Anticipated impact of the proposed project activity on any surface water body is

negligible.

There is no surface water body within 1 km radius of proposed project site.







No surface water will be used during operation phase.

No effluent is proposed to be discharged in any surface water body.

The unit will maintain ZLD.

Waste Water Generation, Treatment and Disposal

There will be no liquid or solid discharge from the manufacturing process that may

deteriorate the water quality. Hence, there will be no waste water generation from the

project. Waste water from domestic activities will be generated to the tune of 1.8 KLD

which will be treated in a modular STP of capacity 2 KLD. Approximately 1.70 KLD

STP treated water will be available which shall be reused for greenbelt.

4.7 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL

Impacts on noise level post construction phase will be mainly due to project related vehicular

traffic movement connecting access to various project components and machinery including

emergency DG set, Boiler, fans, compressors, blowers, etc. The approximate noise level

generated due to operation of the machinery & equipment in the proposed plant is given

below.

Diesel Generator : 95-105 dB(A)

Fans, compressors and blowers : 90-95 dB(A)

Mitigation Measures

Adequate measures for noise control shall be taken at the design stage such as keeping high

noise generating equipment like pumps, motors, etc., on vibration absorbing pads, closed

rooms and regular maintenance as suggested by the manufacturer.

Some of the mitigation measures proposed is as below:

Noise level specification of the various equipment as per the Occupational Safety and

Health Association (OSHA) standards.







Providing suitable enclosures (adequate insulation) to minimize the impact of high noise

generating sources.

Employees will be provided with PPE like ear plugs & ear muffs.

Development of greenbelt all along the boundary & plantation within project site will

help attenuate noise propagation.

4.8 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY

The sources of air pollution in the project are point source emissions including those

from boiler & DG Set, line source emissions from vehicular movement & fugitive

emissions from process and material handling. The direct impact of point source

emissions consisting of particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen results

in change in criteria air contaminants in ambient air quality. The adoption of adequate

mitigation measures shall reduce the impact. The storage of chlorinated solvents may

also lead to diffuse emissions unless adequate mitigation measures like breather valves,

double lined storage and condensers are adopted. All these emissions impact air quality

negatively, resulting in health impacts indirectly. These impacts have low significance

in case mitigation measures are in place, and shall have high significance in case of

anthropogenic and natural emergencies as well as in case no mitigation measures are

proposed. The change in ambient air quality due to the point source emissions from the

unit for the existing and proposed expansion scenario is predicted by using an air

quality impact prediction model. The impacts due to the project shall be felt mainly

within the plant area and the immediate surroundings.

Air Dispersion Modelling Methodology using AERMOD

AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD version-9.5) is a steady-state plume model. It is

designed to apply to source releases and meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be

steady over individual modelling periods (typically one hour or less). AERMOD has been







designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain

within the same modelling framework.

The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model

Improvement Committee (AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of–the-art modelling

concepts into the EPA’s air quality models. Through AERMIC, a modelling system,

AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air dispersion bases on planetary boundary

layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and

elevated sources, and both simple and complex terrain.

Assumption

The dispersion modelling assumption considered is as follow:

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT;

Stability class and atmospheric inversion level is based on software’s database

Steady-state conditions (constant source emission strength)

Wind speed, direction and diffusion characteristics of the plume are constant

Conservation of mass, i.e no chemical transformations take place

Input Parameters

Meteorological Parameters

The hourly meteorological data considered were wind speed, wind direction, ambient

atmospheric temperature, cloud cover, relative humidity & rainfall ceil heigh for winter

season 2021-22.

Point Source Emissions

Air dispersion modelling methodology - Emission from all the stacks were analysed for their

impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion modelling guidelines of

AERMOD, developed by the AERMIC (American Meteorological Society/Environmental

Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee) as directed by CPCB.

Maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC’s) of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX due to







proposed project activity were predicted. The pollutants considered are pollutants emitting

from the point sources (DG set and Boiler).

The detail of stack emissions is given in Table 4.2 and Table 4.3 below.

Table 4.2: Stack Emission Details from Existing project

Details DG Set -1 DG Set - 2 DG Set - 3 Boiler

Capacity 100 KVA 62 KVA 40 KVA 1 TPH

Fuel Type &

Consumption

HSD (20 li/hr)

(Sulfur content 50

ppm, Ash Content

0.01%)

HSD (15 lit/hr)

(Sulfur content 50

ppm, Ash Content

0.01%)

HSD (10 lit/hr) (Sulfur

content 50 ppm, Ash

Content 0.01%)

HSD (25 lit/hr) (Sulfur

content 50 ppm, Ash

Content 0.01%)

Stack Details

H: 3.5 m, Diameter:

0.1, Exit Temp: 325

K, Exit Velocity: 10

m/s

H: 3.5 m,

Diameter: 0.1,

Exit Temp: 325 K,

Exit Velocity: 10

m/s

H: 3.5 m, Diameter:

0.1, Exit Temp: 325 K,

Exit Velocity: 10 m/s

H: 11m, Diameter: 0.15,

Exit Temp: 393 K, Exit

Velocity: 12 m/s

Emission of

PM in g/s 0.0006 0.0004

0.0002 0.0001

Emission SO2

in g/s 0.0006 0.0004

0.0002 0.0006

Emission of

NOX in g/s

0.09

(Based on 4.0

gm/kw hr., emission

limit for new DG

sets by CPCB)

0.06

(Based on 4.0

gm/kw hr.,

emission limit for

new DG sets by

CPCB)

0.04

0.016

Latitude &

Longitude 15°50'52.71"N, 78° 3'56.25"E

15°50'53.51"N

78° 3'56.36"E

Table 4.3: Stack Emission Details after Proposed Expansion project

Details DG Set -1 DG Set - 2 Boiler

Capacity 100 KVA 320 KVA 1 TPH

Fuel Type and HSD (20 li/hr) (Sulfur HSD (70 lit/hr) (Sulfur HSD (25 lit/hr) (Sulfur content







Consumption content 50 ppm, Ash Content

0.01%)

content 50 ppm, Ash

Content 0.01%)

50 ppm, Ash Content 0.01%)

Stack Details

H: 3.5 m, Diameter: 0.1, Exit

Temp: 325 K, Exit Velocity:

10 m/s

H: 4 m, Diameter: 0.1,

Exit Temp: 325 K, Exit

Velocity: 10 m/s

H: 11 m, Diameter: 0.15, Exit

Temp: 393 K, Exit Velocity: 12

m/s

Emission of PM

in g/s 0.0006 0.0017 0.0001

Emission SO2 in

g/s 0.0006 0.0017 0.0006

Emission of

NOX in g/s

0.09

(Based on 4.0 gm/kw hr.,

emission limit for new DG

sets by CPCB)

0.28

(Based on 4.0 gm/kw hr.,

emission limit for new DG

sets by CPCB)

0.016

Latitude &

Longitude 15°50'52.71"N, 78° 3'56.25"E

15°50'53.51"N

78° 3'56.36"E

*Under worse case PM2.5 is considered 40% of PM emissions

Center of the site - 15°50'52.78"N, 78° 3'57.33"E

Table 4.4: Maximum ground Level concentration Point Sources from existing project

Parameter Maximum GLC Distance in meter from site Direction from site

PM10 (µg/m3) 0.22 116.5 West

PM2.5 (µg/m3) 0.088 116.5 West

SO2 (µg/m3) 0.272 116.5 West

NOX (µg/m3) 20.7 116.5 West

Table 4.5: Maximum ground Level concentration Point Sources after proposed expansion

Parameter Maximum GLC Distance in meter from site Direction from site

PM10 (µg/m3) 0.411 116.5 West

PM2.5 (µg/m3) 0.165 116.5 West

SO2 (µg/m3) 0.46 116.5 West

NOX (µg/m3) 25.9 116.5 West







Table 4.6: Cumulative Impact at Monitoring Locations Due to existing point sources

Lo

cati

on

Co

de

Lo

cati

on

Maximum Baseline

Concentration

(µg/m3)

Predicted GLC at Monitoring Location due

to point sources (µg/m3)

Cumulative GLC (Baseline + Predicted) (µg/m3)

Ma

x B

ase

lin

e

Co

nc.

PM

10

Ma

x B

ase

lin

e

Co

nc.

PM

2.5

Ma

x B

ase

lin

e

Co

nc.

SO

2

Ma

x B

ase

lin

e

Co

nc.

NO

x

Pre

dic

ted

GL

C–

PM

10

Pre

dic

ted

GL

C–

P P

M2.5

Pre

dic

ted

GL

C–

SO

2

Pre

dic

ted

GL

C–

NO

x

To

tal

GL

C–

PM

10

To

tal

GL

C–P

PM

2.5

To

tal

GL

C–S

O2

To

tal

GL

C–N

Ox

A1 Project Site 73 33 13 15 0.15351 0.0614 0.18295 14.3507 73.1535 33.0614 13.183 29.3507

A2 E. tandrapadu 63 29 15 13 0.01592 0.00637 0.01822 1.4818 63.0159 29.0064 15.0182 14.4818

A3 Gondiparla 51 27 16 13 0.00154 0.00062 0.00211 0.1479 51.0015 27.0006 16.0021 13.1479

A4 Kasipur 59 30 17 15 0.00138 0.00055 0.00193 0.1326 59.0014 30.0006 17.0019 15.1326

A5 Kurnool 62 25 14 12 0.00068 0.00027 0.00074 0.06246 62.0007 25.0003 14.0007 12.0625

A6 Padidempadu 54 25 14 12 0.00047 0.00019 0.00059 0.0447 54.0005 25.0002 14.0006 12.0447

A7 Panchalingala 53 29 17 17 0.00169 0.00068 0.00271 0.1675 53.0017 29.0007 17.0027 17.1675

A8 Devamada 50 26 14 12 0.00074 0.00029 0.00099 0.0702 50.0007 26.0003 14.001 12.0702

NAAQS 100 60 80 80 100 60 80 80 100 60 80 80







Table 4.7: Cumulative Impact after proposed expansion due to point sources

Lo

cati

on

Co

de

Lo

cati

on

Maximum Baseline

Concentration (µg/m3)

Predicted GLC at Monitoring Location due to

point sources (µg/m3)

Cumulative GLC (Baseline + Predicted) (µg/m3)

Ma

x B

ase

lin

e

Co

nc.

PM

10

Ma

x B

ase

lin

e

Co

nc.

PM

2.5

Ma

x B

ase

lin

e

Co

nc.

SO

2

Ma

x B

ase

lin

e

Co

nc.

NO

x

Pre

dic

ted

GL

C–P

M10

Pre

dic

ted

GL

C–P

PM

2.5

Pre

dic

ted

GL

C–S

O2

Pre

dic

ted

GL

C–N

Ox

To

tal

GL

C–

PM

10

To

tal

GL

C–P

PM

2.5

To

tal

GL

C–

SO

2

To

tal

GL

C–

NO

x

A1 Project Site 73 33 13 15 0.28882 0.11553 0.31826 18.0413 73.2888 33.1155 13.3183 33.0413

A2 E. tandrapadu 63 29 15 13 0.03003 0.01201 0.03263 1.86684 63.03 29.012 15.0326 14.8668

A3 Gondiparla 51 27 16 13 0.00285 0.00114 0.00342 0.18364 51.0029 27.0011 16.0034 13.1836

A4 Kasipur 59 30 17 15 0.00253 0.00101 0.00309 0.1642 59.0025 30.001 17.0031 15.1642

A5 Kurnool 62 25 14 12 0.00129 0.00052 0.00135 0.0791 62.0013 25.0005 14.0014 12.0791

A6 Padidempadu 54 25 14 12 0.00089 0.00036 0.001 0.05601 54.0009 25.0004 14.001 12.056

A7 Panchalingala 53 29 17 17 0.00305 0.00122 0.00407 0.20459 53.0031 29.0012 17.0041 17.2046

A8 Devamada 50 26 14 12 0.00136 0.00055 0.00161 0.08783 50.0014 26.0006 14.0016 12.0878

NAAQS 100 60 80 80 100 60 80 80 100 60 80 80







The isopleths and results of incremental ground level concentrations for PM, SO2, & NOx,

for existing & proposed expansion project are given in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.8.

Figure 4.1: Isopleth Showing Maximum Ground Level Concentrations of PM10 (existing)







Figure 4.2: Isopleth Showing Maximum Ground Level Concentrations of PM10 (expansion)







Figure 4.3: Isopleth Showing Maximum Ground Level Concentrations of PM2.5 (existing)







Figure 4.4: Isopleth Showing Maximum Ground Level Concentrations of PM2.5 (expansion)







Figure 4.5: Isopleths Showing Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentration of NOX

(existing)







Figure 4.6: Isopleths Showing Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentration of NOX

(expansion)







Figure 4.7: Isopleths Showing Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentrations of SO2 (existing)







Figure 4.8: Isopleths Showing Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentrations of SO2

(expansion)







Air Quality Management

Normal Paraffin/ Heavy Normal Paraffin/ Light Normal Paraffin/Waksol/Olefins are

saturated & unsaturated Hydrocarbons. Chlorination process of Paraffin is exothermic,

which releases heat. The released heat is cooled by water. Constant pressure and

temperature is required for Chlorination process. Due to number of factors like variation

in pressure, power failure, variation in temperature, change in feed rate of Chlorine or

un-reacted Chlorine gets carried away with HCL vapors, there may take place air

pollution but effective steps are being taken to keep it in check and care will be taken to

minimize pollution during operations.

Pollution control Measures

The sniff gases in process is being taken back by SRAAC Ltd. though pipeline using

induction fan & vacuum system to their caustic based neutralization system which will

make sodium hypochlorite.

Control of HCl Fumes and Chlorine Gas: Chemical reaction of normal paraffin

/HNP/LNP/Olefins with chlorine generates HCL gas. The absorption of this gas and

concentrating it to HCL solution which is a saleable product gives benefits of

environment protection standards and recovery benefits. But solution of

Hydrochloric acid in water liberates important quantity of heat (approx. 450 Kcal/Kg

of gas absorbed). Efficiency of Hydrochloric acid manufacture is therefore, a

function of following three principal factors:-

1. Operation film wise distribution of absorbent

2. Gas Turbulence

3. Cooling

For this impervious graphite cubical blocks and shell and tube type absorbers are

installed. It has flexibility of adding more blocks/tubes to increase heat transfer area.

Short channel lengths increases Turbulence as a result avoids frequent deposits or

fouling.







The unabsorbed HCL gas from Graphite block is sent to secondary graphite tube

absorbers and from secondary graphite tube wash tower. The gas from wash tower is

passed again through HCL absorber and is drawn to neutralization plant of Rayalseema

where Sosium Hypochlorite is produced using following reaction:

C12+2 NaOH — NaOCl+NaCl+H2O

Sodium Hypochlorite solution is manufactured by chlorination of NaoH, cooling is

necessary since excessive temperatures result in chlorate formation, darkening the

product and loss of yield. The formation of chlorate also reduces the stability of product.

The chlorination of caustic is exothermic.

The process of hypochlorite involves elaborate system of caustic storage, caustic cooling,

chlorine absorption and suction system which are being provided by SRAAC Ltd.in their

own premises. Hence process is complete pollution free and there is no any liquid

discharge as effluent.

Other Measures

Regular water sprinkling will be practiced for dust suppression. The debris and unused

construction wastes will be recycled or used in filling of low lying areas. All vehicles

engaged in service activities at the project site will be regularly checked for vehicular

emissions. All efforts will be made to keep them within the prescribed limits and to

maintain them properly. Green belt will be developed to reduce the air pollution at the

project site.

4.9 IMPACT OF INCREASED TRAFFIC ON EXISTING ROAD

INFRASTRUCTURE

Current Capacity of Road

Road Name Road Width (m) Capacity of Road per Hour

(PCU Per hour)







NH-7 (also known as NH-44)

(Four lane two way)

27 2500

Current Vehicle Distribution

S.

No.

Type of vehicle No. of vehicles per day PCU factor PCU/Day

1 Two wheeler 20197 0.5 10098.5

2 Four wheeler 10426 1.0 10426

3 Bus/Trucks 2456 1.50 3684

4 Light Commercial

Vehicles

1543 1.5

2314.5

Total PCU 34622 26523

26523 / 24 = 1105.125

say 1105

PCU per hour

Current Traffic Scenario and LOS

Road V (in PCU/hr) C (in PCU/hr) Existing V/C Ratio LOS

NH-7 (Four lane two way) 1105 2500 0.442 C

Volume in PCUs/hr, C= Capacity in PCUs/ hr, LOS = Level of Service.

Future Traffic Scenario during Operation Phase

S. No. Mode of

transportation

No. of vehicles

per day

PCU

Factor PCU/day PCU/Hr

1. Car & Trucks 28 1.5 42 1.75 SAY 2

Total PCU/hour 2

Modified Traffic Scenario and LOS







Road

Existing Traffic Changed V/C and LOS after adding generated

traffic from operational phase of project.

V C V/C LOS V C V/C LOS

NH 7 1105 2500 0.442 C 1133 2500 0.453 C

V/C LOS Performance

0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent

0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good

0.4 - 0.6 C Good / Average / Fair

0.6 - 0.8 D Poor

0.8 - 1.0 E Very Poor

4.10 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water will be available from M/s SAARC Ltd. Total water demand for the project has

been estimated is 200 KLD, which will be used for domestic purposes, cooling process,

green belt development etc. There will be no liquid or solid discharge from the

manufacturing process that may deteriorate the water quality. Hence, there will be no

waste water generation from the project. Waste water from domestic activities will be

generated to the tune of 1.8 KLD which will be treated in a modular STP of capacity 2

KLD. Approximately 1.70 KLD STP treated water will be available which shall be

reused for greenbelt

4.11 SOLID WASTE GENERATION

Table 4.8a: Generation of Municipal Solid Waste

Waste Quantity Cat. Mode of disposal

Used/ spent

oil

100 lt/year 5.1 of schedule I Re-Processors/ Recyclers of waste oil

authorized by APPCB/SPCBs







Table 4.8b: Municipal Solid Waste

Particulars Detail Basis Quantity of waste generated (Kg/day) Workers 45 nos. @0.55 kg/day 24.75 Say 25 Landscaping 0.82 acre @0.2kg/acre/day 0.164

Total 25.16 say 25 kg/day

4.12 NOISE POLLUTION

Noise is anticipated from Turbine, motors, compressors and DG set. The DG shall be

kept in a separate enclosed room with acoustic enclosure. The motors and compressors

shall be provided with guards and shall be mounted adequately to ensure the reduction of

noise and vibration. The employees working in noise generating areas shall be provided

with earmuffs. The employees shall be trained in the mitigation measures and personal

protection measures to be taken to avoid noise related health impacts.

Measures to Control Noise Pollution

An effective hearing conservation program will be undertaken where exposure to

industrial noise is capable of producing hearing loss. The objective is to ensure that an

employee hearing is not affected during his working life to an extent greater than that

usually occurring with age and to preserve it at a level sufficient for normal speed

perception. The following engineering control aspects are identified for further

implementation to reduce noise levels/exposure;

The noise generating sources like motors and compressors will be provided with

Casings and guard to reduce the noise levels

Placing attenuating screens between the operators and the sources.

Adequate spacing between noise sources and operators will be provided. In free field

conditions the sound levels roughly varies with the square of the distance.

Reflected noise is reduced by use of absorbent materials on roofs, walls and floors.







By proper maintenance, which corrects vibrations and other imbalances, will be

taken up.

Necessary vibration mitigation measures to ensure least impact on structures and

workmen.

Personal protective equipment: ear plugs and muffs consisting of fine glass wool, ear

muffs consisting of ear cups with a soft seal, fitted with a spring or adjustable

headband. Comfort, maintenance and cleaning are important aspects of use.

Plantation of tall as well as short trees around the plant area will protect the outside

environment from any noise and dust nuisance.

It is possible to reduce the noise levels by 3-5 dB (A) per 30-m width of the green

belt.

4.13 RAINWATER HARVESTING

Rain water harvesting shall be adopted by providing rain water storage tank to utilize

rooftop run-off. Storm water drains are provided with rain water harvesting structures

which will act as flow dissipaters and also as infiltration trenches.

S. No Type of

Structure/

Surface

Area [A]

(sq. m.)

Run off

Coefficient

[C]

Intensity

of rainfall

(m/annual) [I]

Total discharge

[Q = CIA]

(m3/Annum)

1 Roof Top 4856.2 0.85 0.737

3042

m3/Annum

Total Rain Water Flow : 3042 m3 /annum

Considering 45 days rainfall,

Average Runoff volume : 67.60 m3

Storage of 2 days is considered : 135 m3

Volume of u/g tank : 147 m3 ( 7 x 7 x 3 )







Total no. of rain water harvesting tank required : Total run-off volume/volume of

each tank

: 1 Nos.

Therefore 1 nos. underground rain water harvesting tank to collect the rain water

will be constructed, Rain water will be used in plantation.

4.14 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH

Many worker health and safety hazards are posed by plant operations. They include

safety hazards from moving machine parts, pressurized equipment and pipes, heavy

manual handling of materials and equipment, steam, hot liquids, heated surfaces and hot

workplace environments, confined spaces and hazardous energy sources (e.g.,

electricity); and high noise levels.

Acute and chronic health risks may result from worker exposures to hazardous chemicals

during operations. Chemicals with acute health effects can damage the eyes and skin, be

corrosive or irritating to body tissues, cause sensitization or allergic reactions or be

asphyxiants, causing suffocation or oxygen deficiency. Chemicals with chronic health

effects may cause cancer, or damage the liver, kidneys or lungs or affect the nervous,

endocrine, reproductive or other organ systems. Worker exposure to chemicals can occur

during manufacturing when chemicals spill, leak, or discharge from the process system

and contaminate areas where workers are present. The most frequently reported

industrial exposure occurs during the transfer of materials. The entry of workers into

systems, equipment, or enclosures that are contaminated may occur inadvertently, but

routine servicing, non-scheduled maintenance, and process monitoring appear to be the

kind of activities with potential for significant exposure. Health and safety hazards may

be controlled by implementing appropriate control measures (e.g., process modifications,

engineering controls and administrative practices, personal and respiratory protective

equipment).







The engineering controls for reducing occupational hazards are provision of scrubbers,

condenser systems for process equipment, piping systems, insulation, usage of transfer

pumps with mechanical seals, level indicators, pressure and temperature indicators,

barrier guards on moving machine parts, optimization of chemical inventory, control

switches and emergency stop devices to mitigate and avoid physical, chemical, electrical

and mechanical hazards.

Work practices for improving occupational safety are induction training programs, safety

training programs, rotation of workers, implementation of proactive maintenance

schedule, provision of standard operating procedures for all plant operations, access to

MSDS for all employees, access to emergency numbers of contact, and avoidance of

crowded work place, and provision of occupational safety centre.

Personal protective equipment shall be provided to all the employees including contract

employees. All the employees shall be provided with gumshoe, helmet, masks, and

goggles. The other equipment like ear muffs, gloves, respirators, aprons etc., will be

provided to employees depending on the work area allocated to them. The PPE selection

shall strictly follow the prescribed guidelines of MSDS. All the operations are conducted

in closed system.

4.15 MEDICAL CHECK-UP

M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. has a medical program of pre employment screening,

periodic medical examination, emergency treatment, non-emergency treatment, and

record keeping and review. The pre employment screening and periodic medical

examination shall follow the guidelines of factories act. The pre employment screening

shall obtain medical history, occupational history followed by physical examination and

baseline monitoring for specific exposures. The frequency of periodic medical

examination and type of evaluation is presented in Table 9.1.

Table 4.9: Frequency of Health Monitoring

Occupation Type of evaluation Frequency







Process area Dermatology examination, ophthalmic

examination, ENT examination, physical

examination, complete blood picture, complete

urine examination, ECG, Random blood sugar,

Lipid profile, Liver function test, kidney function

test, Anemia profile, thyroid stimulating hormone,

abdomen ultra sound scanning, thread mill test,

Spirometry test.

Once a year for regular

employees.

Half yearly for contract

employees

Noise prone

Areas

Audiometry Annually

Pre employment check up will be made mandatory and following test will be conducted:

Plan of evaluation of health of workers

Chest x rays

ECG

Haemogram (examination of the blood)

Urine (Routine and Microscopic)

Complete physical examination

Musculo-skeletal disorders (MSD)

Backache

Pain in minor and major joints Fatigue, etc.

Occupational health centre provided emergency and non-emergency treatment, by way

of emergency first aid on site, liaison with local hospitals and specialists, arranging

decontamination of victims, arranging transport of victims to hospitals, and to transfer

medical records, and to provide details of incident and medical history to next care

provider. The occupational health centre shall be supervised by a qualified physician.

The occupational health centre shall maintain the health records and shall analyze the

records for any common symptoms and common health problems which may be due to

exposure to chemicals, and or due to other occupational hazards.







Treatment of Workers affected by Accidental Spillage of Chemicals

The following is the standard procedure followed in Plant;

On receiving message of casualty at ECC, Ambulance is sent to the plant / location of

occurrence.

Give topmost priority to the “personal Safety of employees”. Prevention of life is the

number priority and people must be removed from the danger area and shifted for

medical treatment as early as possible.

The casualty is rendered first aid by trained first aiders.

The casualty then shifted to OHC in Ambulance for further treatment.

Medical aid is administered by FMO / Manager - OHC at OHCS.

On the Company Manager – Occupational Health assessment, the casualty is transported

in Ambulance to defined hospitals for further treatment.

Toxic release gas:

Check wind direction of wind sack installed at highest point and stay upwind at 900.

Wear appropriate / necessary PPE if moving near gas leakage area.

Rescue operators must wear SCBA set before entering the affected section.

Monitoring of the emission levels in the immediate vicinity by on-duty Environment

Protection Manager (Dragger Tubes / PID instrument / Gas detector tubes)

Mayura Water curtains to be started immediately to control drift of gases away from leak

spot.

Safety Measures in C.P Plants

Chlorine in chlorinated paraffin compound plasticizers is important raw material and as

such hazardous nature of chlorine is often forgotten. It is always better to utilize chlorine

at the place of production, so that hazard involved in transport of chlorine is minimized.

SRAAC LTD. is operating caustic soda plant at Gondiparla (Kurnool) and hence

installation of chlorinated paraffin plant in part of complex is one of the safety measures

for production and use of chlorine. It is imperative that personal engaged in handling







chlorine must understand the basic characteristics of chlorine, its properties and the

problems involved, it requires proper handing. Basic knowledge of steps to be taken in

case of unforeseen emergencies arise is also absolute necessary. In general all

requirements of IS: 4263 code of safety for chlorine and the gas cylinders rules are

followed. Before safety measures are discussed, characteristics of chlorine in brief will

be discussed.

Characteristics of Chlorine:

Chlorine at ordinary condition of temperature and pressure is a greenish, yellowish gas

with characteristics pungent, irritating odour.

Gaseous chlorine is approximately two and half times as heavy as air.

It tends to accumulate in low place and is slow to diffuse in to atmosphere.

Liquid chlorine has a clear amber colour and is approximately one and one half times as

heavy as water.

Chlorine by itself is noninflammable and non-explosive while it is not combustible in

air, it will support the combustion of some compounds under certain conditions.

Vapor pressure of chlorine rises rapidly with increase in temperature. The density of

liquid chlorine decreases rapidly with increasing temperature.

Moist chlorine is very corrosive due to formation of hydrochloric and hypochloric acid.

Chlorine gas is primarily as respiratory irritant. It is intensely irritating and concentration

above 3 PPM by volume in air readily detectable by any person.

Threshold limit value of chlorine in ambient is 2.9 mg/nm3 of air and 15mg/nm3 for

hypo tower in process. Chlorine gas is extremely irritating to the membranes, the eyes

and the respiratory system. If the duration of exposure or the concentration of chlorine in

excessive, it will cause restlessness, throat irritation, sneezing and copious salvation.

Short duration exposures of skin to high concentration of chlorine gas are not much

irritating or corrosive. Splashes of liquid chlorine on the eyes, skin and clothing may

cause immediate irritation and chemical burns as well as severe damage to body tissues.







Safety Measures

All the persons handling chlorine are to be trained at Chemical Alkalies plants.

Air pollution control system is adopted so that ambient air pollution is not more than 3

mg/nm3 permitted by pollution control board.

Wind sock has to be installed and workers are to be trained to go perpendicular/against

the direction in case of accident.

HNP storage tanks has been kept at least 15ft. away from chlorine supply line and

reactors.

All the equipment will be painted from time to time for any possible corrosion.

Ammonia torch is kept ready for detection of any leakage of chlorine.

Two oxygen cylinder type gas mask and one canister type of masks shall be ready for

handling chlorine leakage.

Graphite blocks and absorbers with neutralizers are installed for control of HCL fumes.

in case of chlorine leakage, the first step to be taken is to remove all persons not directly

connected upwind (opposite to the direction of wind), and to a higher plane in the open

and only trained personnel are allowed to attend leakage, with use of gas mask.

Water should never be used on chlorine leakage.

H2O+CL2 + HCL+Hocl

Hod === HCL + H2O

HCL is strong corrosion medium.

All persons operating chlorine process are trained for use of emergency kits during

leakage.

To control large accidental spillage of liquid chlorine on the floor, chilled water is

sprayed so that film of chlorine hydrate is formed thus reducing the rate of evaporation

from the spillage. Immediate steps will be taken to neutralize spilled chlorine with

lime/caustic soda.

Following first aid measures are provided:







(i). In case of chlorine gas inhalation the patient should immediately be removed to

an open area where fresh air is available. Clothes are to be loosened and shoes

removed. If breathing has not seized, the patient shall be placed on his back with

head and back elevated, and kept warm. Rest is essential. If breathing has

apparently ceased, artificial respiration should be given immediately. Oxygen

shall be given & butter milk, lime juice, cough syrup shall also be given.

(ii). Tablets Astemaz and Dermonorm shall be given as first aid measures.

(iii). If eyes have been affected 2 or 3 drops of 0.5% solution of pontocaine or

Xylocaine solution shall be instilled into eyes.

(iv). In case of affect on skin, area shall be washed with soap and water and water

sprayed quickly.

All firefighting protection system of fire extinguishers, hose reel, yard hydrants, foam

monitors, electric fire alarm system, manual sprinkler system, fire detection & alarm

system, underground static water storage tank, emergency terrace tank, water pumps,

jokey pumps have been installed.

4.16 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the source of pollution and

the surrounding areas. The green belt helps in mitigation of fugitive emissions,

attenuation of noise levels, balancing eco-environment, prevention of soil erosion, and

creation of aesthetic environment. Of the total plot area of 10117.10 Square Meters, 3379

Square Meters, which is 33% of the plot area, will be developed as green belt.

M/S Shivtek Industries Pvt Ltd S. No. 62/A Part GONDIPARLA Kurnool (A.P.)has

been allotted plot 10117.1 sq.m in centre of industrial estate of TGV group to facilitate

pipe line chlorine supply .They have kept 15 m green belt on three side of boundary wall.

Fourth eastern side adjacent plot has been given to another unit. Since this is an existing







plant, greenbelt is already maintained. The photographs of existing greenbelt are attached

as Annexure.

DETAILS OF GREEN AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN

Total Plot area : 10117.10 sq. m.

Total Plantation Area : 3379 sq. m. (33%)

Tree to tree distance :2 m

Tree calculation

Tree required :3379/4 = 844.75 nos.

Trees will be provided : 845

Tress proposed :845-300 (Existing trees) = 545

PLANT SPECIES FOR CORE ZONE (WITHIN THE PLANT PREMISES)

S. No Scientific Name Local Name Number of Plant

1. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok 20

2. Pongamia Pinnata Karanj 130

3. Delonix regia Gulmohar 125

4. Dalbergia Sissoo Shisham 135

5. Azadirachta indica Neem 135

Total 545

BUDGET ALLOCATIONS FOR GREEN AREA DEVELOPMENT

No. of trees to

be planted

Green

area/Plantation

Min. rate as per BSR-

2021*

Budget allocation

for the project

Recurring

cost

545 3379 sq. m. Rs. 1100/ tree x 655 = Rs. 5,99,500 Rs. 4.0 lakh/

annum







4.17 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The expansion of the project will result in socio-economic growth in the surrounding

areas by means of indirect employment opportunities in the region including ancillary

development and supporting infrastructure.

IDENTIFICATION OF SOCIAL REQUIREMENTS

Identification of social

requirements based on interview

with the likely stakeholders &

data collected

During the field visits the stakeholders reported the following and

data collected from other sources Social Requirements are given

below:

Area requiring improvement:

Economic status

Skilled labour

Employment opportunities

Potable water facilities

Women empowerment

Educational facilities

4.18 COST ESTIMATE FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The cost estimate is presented in Table below.

Table 4.12: Environmental Management Cost estimate

S. No. Description

Capital Cost

(in Rs. Lakh)

Recurring Cost per annum

(in Rs. Lakh)

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Air pollution Control 25 9.5 0.5 1.5

2 Water pollution Control 2.0 5 -- 2

3 Noise pollution Control 3 1 -- 0.5







S. No. Description

Capital Cost

(in Rs. Lakh)

Recurring Cost per annum

(in Rs. Lakh)

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

5 Solid & hazardous waste disposal 2.0 1 -- 0.3

6 Rain water storage tank 0 2* -- 0.1

7 Environment Monitoring (air,

water, soil, noise)

-- --

0.6 2.75

8 Occupational Health & Safety 2.5 2 0.5 0.5

9 Firefighting equipment & fire

hydrant

32 0

0.2 0.5

10 Green belt development 4.50 5.99500* 2 4

11 Social EMP 0.5 7.5 0 0

Total 71.5 32.9159 3.8 12.07

Excluding cost already accounted for in

remediation plan 71.5 26 3.8 12.15 say 12.2

*cost included in remediation plan

************






CHAPTER V

Analysis of Alternatives

(Site &technology)






INDEX

5.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................... 229

5.2 ALTERNATIVE SITES ........................................................................................................... 229

5.3 ALTERNATIVES IN TECHNOLOGY ................................................................................... 229

5.4 ALTERNATIVES IN TREATMENT/MITIGATION OPTIONS ........................................... 230






CHAPTER - V: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 INTRODUCTION

Consideration of alternatives to a project proposal is a requirement of EIA process.

During the scoping process, alternatives to a proposal can be considered or refined, either

directly or by reference to the key issues identified. A comparison of alternatives helps to

determine the best method of achieving the project objectives with minimum

environmental impacts or indicates the most environmentally friendly and cost-effective

options.

5.2 ALTERNATIVE SITES

The proposal is for expanding the production capacity of existing unit, and the land area

available for expansion is sufficient. Hence, there is no requirement of alternative or

additional site for the proposed expansion.

5.3 ALTERNATIVES IN TECHNOLOGY

Manufacturing of Chlorinated Paraffin is an exothermic reaction of Hydrocarbons

(Paraffin C9-C30, Olefins C9-C30). It evolves gaseous vapors, which is further diluted

with water to produce HCL. The entire process takes place in the graphite bocks. During

the conversion of gaseous vapors into acid, excess amount of Chlorine is emitted, which

is further neutralized in Caustic Soda solution, stored in towers, produces Sodium Hypo

Chloride of commercial grade. The entire process of neutralization is being carried out at

M/s SRAAC Ltd. The sniffed Chlorine gas is washed in the wash tower for removal of

traces of HCL prior sending to M/s SRAAC Ltd. Therefore, no alternative of technology

has been proposed for this project.






5.4 ALTERNATIVES IN TREATMENT/MITIGATION OPTIONS

The emission sources in the proposed expansion project are utilities, storages, process

and effluent treatment system. The alternatives assessed for mitigating emissions process

is double stage scrubbing system, emergency scrubbing system, enclosed storage facility,

closed transfer systems. Emergency scrubbers will be provided to mitigate both diffuse

and process emissions of chlorine and Hydrogen Chloride, and the resultant product is

sold as by product.

*******






CHAPTER VI

Environmental monitoring plan







INDEX

6.0 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 299

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ............................................................................ 299

6.1.1 OBJECTIVE OF MONITORING .............................................................................. 300

6.1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES TO BE MONITORED .................................. 300

6.1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE

………….………………………………………………………………………………..300

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

…………….……………………………………………………………………………...302

6.3 MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE ............................ 304

6.4 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING ...................................... 305

6.5 SUBMISSION OF MONITORING REPORTS TO MoEF&CC ................................. 305

6.6 RESPONSIBILITY MONITORING AND REPORTING SYSTEM ............................ 305







CHAPTER – VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.0 INTRODUCTION

Regular monitoring of ambient and site-specific environmental parameters is of very

much important to assess the status of the environment during operation of unit. The

understanding of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will provide as an

indicator for good quality or deteriorate environmental conditions by the operation of the

project. This gives a guideline to build suitable mitigation and prevention steps or

measure at source within a time to preserve the environment.

In short, Environmental monitoring is a tool to assess existing environmental conditions

of any new or existing project and trends, support development of environmental

management plan and its implementation, and develop environmental carrying capacity

related information for the specific area in which project lies.

Usually, as in the case of the study, an impact assessment study is carried over short

period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or

human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental

parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality.

This chapter portray about the aspect of environmental attributes for monitoring, time

schedule, organization arrangements for mitigate pollution control, cost for

environmental protection measures and details of phase wise greenbelt development for

the proposed expansion project.

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

The important part of environmental monitoring is in terms of assessment of

implementation of proper and suitable pollution control equipment’s set up in the







industry at process and other areas. Regular monitoring is prescribed to mitigate and

reduce the pollution level at site. The sampling and analysis of the environmental

parameters will be as per the guidelines framed by Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) / Andhra Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (APPPCB). The frequency of

sampling and location of sampling will be as per the directions of CPCB / APPPCB.

Environmental monitoring (Sampling and analysis) is being/will be conducted on regular

basis by third party or external agency for M/s Shivtek Industries P. Ltd.

This is to assess the existing pollution level at the plant site as well as in the surrounding

area. Any modification in pollution control technology or new technology equipment

appropriate to plant may be assessed as per existing scenario of the environmental

conditions and also achieve the standard prescribed by MOEF&CC CPCB.

6.1.1 OBJECTIVE OF MONITORING

The objectives of environmental post-project monitoring are:-

To validate effectiveness of planning decisions;

Measure effectiveness of installed equipment at process;

Confirm statutory and corporate compliance;

To check or assess the efficacy of the controlling measures;

Identify unforeseen changes and to mitigate risk associated with it;

To establish a database for future Impact Assessment Studies for new projects to

come up in the area

6.1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES TO BE MONITORED

The attributes, which involve regular monitoring, are given below as per scope:

A. Air quality;

B. Water and wastewater quality;

C. Noise levels;

D. Soil quality;







E. Green Belt Development

6.1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE

Monitoring shall confirm that commitments are being met. This may take the form of

direct measurement and recording of quantitative information, such as amounts and

concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for measurement against corporate or

statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may also require measurement of ambient

environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using ecological/biological, physical and

chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socio-economic interaction, through local

liaison activities or even assessment of complaints.

Industry has appointed an environmental engineer to review the efficacy of environment

management during construction and operational phase of proposed expansion project.

The proposed Environmental Monitoring Cell (EMC) will work for monitoring and meet

regularly to review the effectiveness of the EMP implementation. The data collected on

various EMP measures would be reviewed by EMC and if needed corrective action will

be formulated for implementation.

Figure 6.1: Organgram of Environment Monitoring Cell

Chief Operating Officer

Head

(Technical Services)

Manager

(Environment)







The following routine monitoring program will be implemented under the post project

monitoring. The proposed monitoring program is given below:-

Table 6.1: Proposed Monitoring Programme

Key Indicator for

Monitoring

Monitoring for Aspects

Air Quality Effectiveness of Air

Pollution control equipments

installed at project site as

well as Meteorological

conditions

Ambient air quality and stack emissions

The ambient air quality and stack will be

monitored once in three months in the

work zone covering the location of DG set

& boiler and surroundings through a

reputed environmental laboratory

recognized by CPCB/ MoEF&CC. and

results will be reported to state pollution

control authorities.

Water

Water and water treatment

efficiency

The domestic sewage treated from STP

will be monitored once in a month for

physico-chemical characteristics.

Noise Efficiency of noise control

equipment installed

Noise levels near the DG sets & boiler will be

monitored once in three months.

Soil Soil contamination due to

spillage of oil Hazardous

waste material

Soil quality will be monitored and around

project site once in a year for heavy metal and

phyiso- chemical parameters.

Green belt Development Green belt development will be monitored as

per guideline to maintain 33% of area at

project site.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING CONSTRUCTION

PHASE

The environmental monitoring cell of the construction team will manage all the

monitoring programs during the construction phase of the proposed expansion project to







evaluate the existing status and proposes monitoring schedule during the construction

phase of the project is given below:

Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Schedule during Construction Phase

S.

No.

Attributes Action Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

1. Drinking water

Quality

-- Parameters as per

IS:10500

Periodically/ Quarterly

2.

Air Emissions

All equipments are

operated

within specified design

parameters and as per

standards

PM10, PM2.5, SOx

and NO2, CO

Periodically

Minimize the Vehicle trips Vehicle logs Periodically

Dusty construction

materials stored in sealed

containers or prevented

from blowing.

Absence of

covered storage

place or open

containers of

dusty materials.

Periodically

Ambient air quality within

the premises of the

proposed unit

PM10, PM2.5, SOx

and NO2, CO

As per CPCB/ MPSPCB

requirement or on

monthly basis/ quarterly

basis

3

Noise

List out high noise

generating construction

machinery onsite and their

age of working and

Checkout equipment

condition and maintained

in good working order

Equipment logs,

noise reading

Regular during

construction activities

Night working shall be Records of Daily update records







avoided. working hours

Noise to be monitored in

ambient environment

within the plant premises.

At working zone As per CPCB/RSPCB

requirement or on

quarterly basis

whichever is earlier

Acoustic mufflers /

enclosures to be provided in

large engines

Mufflers /

enclosures

shall be in place.

Prior to use machinery

4. Wastewater

Discharge

No waste water discharge

in open in land or water

body

Temporary Soak

pit shall be there

Periodically

5. Soil

degradation

No spillage on soil Precautionary

measures to

prevent the top

soil

contamination

Periodically

6. Waste

Management

Implement waste

management plan to

handling & disposal of each

waste arising.

As per waste

management plan

As per Construction and

Demolition Waste

Management rules,2016

7. Occupational

Health

Employee and workers

checkup

Regular checkup

8. Flora and fauna Plantation activity Plant and species

to be monitored

During site preparation

and construction activity

6.3 MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

The following monitoring programme schedule as detailed will be implemented at

proposed expansion site. Besides to this monitoring, the EC and CFO compliances to all

conditions laid down and regular permits from SPCB/MoEF&CC will be monitored and

reported periodically.







Table 6.2: Environmental Monitoring plan for operation phase

S. No. Environmental

attributes

Parameters Locations Frequency of

monitoring

1. Ambient air PM10, PM2.5, CO, SO2,

NOx,

Three locations

(one upwind + 2

downwind)

Once in a quarter

2. DG Stack CPCB notified standards All DG sets within

project

Once in a quarter

>1000 kVA PM, CO, NOx, HC

<1000 kVA PM, CO, NOx, NMHC

3. Stack Emission PM, CO, NOx & SO2 Boiler stack Once in a quarter

4. Drinking water As per IS: 10500 Water storage tank Once in a quarter

5. Treated water

from STP

pH, Oil & Grease, TSS,

BOD, COD, others as

prescribed by CPCB/

MoEF/ SPCB

Outlet of STP Once in a month

6 Ambient noise

levels

Day & Night time noise

levels in dB (A)

Plant area

Monthly

7 Soil quality Composite sample from

the site for Physio-

chemical parameters

Two locations Once in six months

8 Energy Audit As per BEE standards Project area Once in three years

6.4 SUBMISSION OF MONITORING REPORTS TO MoEF&CC

The status of environmental clearance stipulation implementation will be submitted to

regional MoEF office in hard and soft copy on 1st December and 1

st June of every

calendar year. These reports will upload on MoEF&CC web site and will be updated

every six months. The pollutants will be monitored and reports will be submitted to

SPCB and CPCB respectively, as per the statutory requirement.







6.5 RESPONSIBILITY MONITORING AND REPORTING SYSTEM

Responsibility of Monitoring

The overall responsibility for environmental monitoring the above environmental

parameter given in schedule shall be with the Management. The Environment Monitoring

Cell shall be responsible for day to day monitoring activity of raw water and treated

water quality.

The ambient air quality, stack emissions, soil, noise and water quality shall be monitored

by either third party (approved MoEF&CC/ NABL laboratory) or by the EMC.

Records Keeping

Records shall be day to day maintained for the analysis of raw effluents and treated

effluents

Periodically ambient air quality results, stack emissions monitoring results, micro-

meteorological data and noise levels.

The industry shall maintain the records as per the Hazardous waste regulations and EPA

regulations. Hazardous waste manifest will be maintained.

Environment statement will be submitted annually.

These records are utmost required for the perusal of the Pollution Control Board

authorities but also to get efficiencies of the pollution control equipment

The objective of the Industry is not only compliance with statutory regulations, but also a

serious commitment towards clean environment.

.***********







CHAPTER VII

Additional Studies







INDEX

7.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 220

7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ............................................................................................. 220

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT & HAZARD IDENTIFICATION ................................................ 265

7.3.1 RISK ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY ....................................................................... 267

7.3.2 Software ............................................................................................................................ 268

7.3.3 Hazards Identification ....................................................................................................... 268

7.3.4 Study Assumptions ............................................................................................................ 269

7.3.5 Characterizing the Failures ................................................................................................ 269

7.3.6 Operating Parameters ........................................................................................................ 270

7.3.7 Inventory ........................................................................................................................... 270

7.3.8 Loss of Containment ......................................................................................................... 270

7.3.9 Isolatable Sections ............................................................................................................. 271

7.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS ......................................................................................... 271

7.5 RISK ASSESSMENT ....................................................................................................... 277

7.5.1 Ignition Sources ................................................................................................................. 278

7.5.2 Population Data ................................................................................................................. 278

7.5.3 Location Specific Individual Risk (LSIR) ........................................................................ 279

7.5.4 Individual Risk Criteria ..................................................................................................... 279

7.5.5 Risk criteria for Societal Risk ........................................................................................... 280

7.5.6 Location Specific Individual Risk (LSIR) Results ............................................................ 282

7.5.7 Societal Risk ...................................................................................................................... 286

7.5.8 CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................. 286

7.5.9 Recommendations ............................................................................................................. 287

**********







CHAPTER VII: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 INTRODUCTION

Industrial activities including process, production, storage, handling, transportation and

operational practices presents levels of hazards to workforce, population and environment

at large due to accidents, spills, leaks etc. These accidents result in personal and financial

loss. The assessment of the threat posed, its control and prevention through good design,

management and operational controls is of primal importance. Events like the Bhopal

tragedy have emphasized the need to address both on-site and off-site safety. It is against

this background that the various Section and Rules under the Environment Protection Act,

1986, the Factories Act, 1948 and other Acts specify the requirements for a safe and

reliable working of an industry. These require carrying out various studies and analysis to

assess and mitigate hazards prevalent in the industry in line with the above goal of safe

and reliable working. These are more commonly known as “Risk Assessment Studies”.

Risk assessment refers to the technical, scientific assessment of the nature and magnitude

of risk and uses a factual base to define the health effects of exposure of individuals or

populations or ecological receptors to hazardous contaminants and situations.

This chapter explains the basis of Risk Assessment and its objectives.

7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public hearing for proposed Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer to 125 TPD

from 50 TPD and Hydrochloric Acid to 250 TPD from 100 TPD project was held on

05.11.2021 at 10.00 a.m near the existing unit premises i.e., in the open area of M/s.

Shivtek Industries Private Limited at Survey. No. 62/a Part near SRAACL Gondiparla

(v), Kurnool (m), Kurnool district, Andhra Pradesh.







Table 7.1: Public Hearing Proceedings


Advertisement for Public Hearing

Date of Advertisement in Newspapers

Name of Newspapers

Public hearing advertisement in English was

published in “The New Indian Express” dated

04/10/2021 and in Telugu in “Sakshi” dated

04/10/2021.

Date/Time of Public Hearing 05th November, 2021 at 10:00 hrs

Venue Near the existing unit premises i.e., in the open

area of M/s. Shivtek Industries Private Limited

at Survey. No. 62/a Part near SRAACL

Gondiparla (v), Kurnool (m), Kurnool district,

Andhra Pradesh.

Members Sri Pulla Rao, I.A.S, The DRO, Kurnool

District.

Sri Muni Prasad, Environmental Engineer,

A.P. Pollution Control Board, Regional Office,

Kurnool.

Public Hearing Notice for proposed expansion project was published in Telugu News

Paper (“Sakshi” dated 04/10/2021”) and National Daily English News Paper (“The New

Indian Express” dated 04/10/2021).







Figure 7.1 Public Hearing Notice







Figure 7.2: Public Hearing Proceedings







Table 7.2: The statement showing representation made by people present during the public hearing and responded to, by the representative of the

applicant during public hearing along with Action plan to address issues raised are as under:

S. No. Issue raised Name & Address of Person

making representation

Reply from PP/ Action Plan Proposed Budget

1.

Employment

Employment to the villagers & local people. 1. Sri B Srinivasulu, Gondiparla

Village, Sarpanch

As informed twice during this public

hearing by Shri B.Y. Muni Prasad

Environmental Engineer, APPPCB, R.O.

Kurnool & member convener for the

public hearing, the issues raised for

employment are for Sree Rayalaseema

Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd. Of the

TGV group.

The proposed expansion project will

generate ancillary employment

opportunities in the region by means of

increased transportation activity etc.

Preference in employment will be given to

local people based on their skills &

Employment opportunities to the educated

youth in future as well as in their village.

1. Smt. Krishnaveni, Gondiparla

Village, MPTC

Expansion activity has been proposed but

more employment opportunities to the

local people are not proposed.

Employment to educated & uneducated

people based on their skill in proposed

project.

2. Sri K Venkateshwarlu MPTC,

E-Tandrapadu Village

Many of the people working in the industry

are non-locals & requested the management

to give preference to the locals instead of

non-locals.

3. Sri K Tirumalesh, E.

Tandrapadu Village-










He requested the management to give priority

employment to the local people for the

proposed expansion project as the local

people have studied B. Tech & M. Tech &

other courses.

4. Sri T. Chennakesvalu, TDP,

BC cell member

eligibility.

The existing permanent manpower

employed in the project will prove to be

sufficient for the expansion project.

There are 11 no. of locals working in M/s

Shivtek presently.

The company will continue to give

preference to locals based on skill &

eligibility if the need for additional

employment arises in the future.

M/s Shivtek will sponsor 10 students each

from E. Thandrapadu village &

Gondiparla village for vocational training

programme in Govt. ITI School, Kurnool

for ITI trades [welder, wireman, fitter,

mechanic (motor vehicle), HVAC

technician plumber etc.]

He requested the management to provide

employment for local people.

5. Sri. S. Mahaboob Basha E-

Tandrapadu (V)

He informed that many of the youth in

E.Tandrapady, Gondiparla, Devamada &

Panchalingla are suffering with

unemployment.

He questioned the management of TGV

group about why management is giving

employment to other state people instead of

giving employment to local people. He

requested the management to provide

6. Sri Boya Venkatesh YSRCP

Kurnool, Mandal Secretary,

E-Tandrapadu Village










employment opportunities to the locals. It also proposed that the company will

allocate annual budget under CSR

(Company’s act) to continue vocational

training programmes for village youth.

Budget for Vocational

trainings*: Rs.

8,30,000/-

At this instance Shri BY Muni Prasad Environmental Engineer, APPPCB, R.O. Kurnool & member convener for the public hearing, addressed the public

gathered at the venue and requested the public to give representation on the suggestions pertaining to providing employment in TGV Group & other units

and requested the public to use this platform for expressing the opinions/views & objections/suggestions only on the proposed expansion of M/s Shivtek

Industries Pvt. Ltd.

1 He questioned the management about why

management is giving less daily wages to

local people than non-locals. He informed the

management that thousands of unemployed

people are available in surrounding villages.

He requested the management to give

employment to the local people who are

having talent only.

7. Sri Minnala, Athletics

Coach, E.Tandrapadu(V)

M/s Shivtek is paying wages to employees as

per rules & guidelines.




However, the proposed expansion project

will generate ancillary employment


He requested the management to provide 8. Sri Muniswami,










employment opportunities to the surrounding

villagers.

Gondiparla Village increased transportation activity etc.



eligibility.


employment to locals & conduct skill

development activities for unemployed

9. Sri M Ramesh Naidu, NGO

He requested the management of the industry

to provide jobs to the local people. Further he

requested to provide jobs to the next of kin of

the deceased person which were employed in

the plant.

10. Shri Bala Peeran, Sarpanch,

E.Tandrapadu Village

Shri BY Muni Prasad, Environmental Engineer, APPPCB, R.O. Kurnool & member convener for the public hearing, addressed the public gathered at the

venue and informed that most of the public is raising the employment issues only & those issues are being noted by District Administration & requested the

public to express their views/suggestions only to the issues related to the expansion project & not TGV group.

1 He requested the management of the industry

to provide employment to the local villagers

in the expansion activity

11. Sri. Y. S. Babu, E.

Tandrapadu Village




He requested the management to provide 12. Sri Parshuram, E.










employment opportunities to the locals. Tandrapadu Village However, the proposed expansion project

will generate ancillary employment


increased transportation activity etc.



eligibility.

M/s Shivtek will sponsor 10 students each

from E. Thandrapadu village &

Gondiparla village for vocational training

programme in Govt. ITI School, Kurnool

for ITI trades [welder, wireman, fitter,

mechanic (motor vehicle), HVAC

technician plumber etc.]

It also proposed that the company will

allocate annual budget under CSR

(Company’s act) to continue vocational

Budget for Vocational

trainings*: Rs.

8,30,000/-

He requested to establish a trust for providing

job training & prefer locals for jobs.

13. Sri Vishnu Vardhan Reddy,

Upa, Goniparla Village

He requested the management to provide jobs

to the locals on priority.

14. Shri Venkataswamy, Uppa

Sarpanch, E. Tandrpadu

Village

He requested management to provide

employment for locals.

15. Sri Lavnam Chandrasekhar,

NGO

He requested the management for jobs to

locals.

16. Sri D. Anjaya, NGO

He requested the management for jobs to

locals.

17. Sri Y Chenna Kesva Reddy,

NGO (Samagra Parivartan

Samudaya)

He informed that in his community there are

educated as well as uneducated persons. He

informed that they are ready to do whatever

jobs (unskilled) provided by the management

18. Sri B Bhaskar, E.

Tandrpadu Village










of the proposed project. training programmes for village youth


to the local people.

Further, he requested the management that it

should provide jobs trainings to the local

youth so that they can be employed elsewhere

if not in this proposed expansion project.

19. Shri Ravindra Reddy, NGO

He requested management to create

employment for locals.

20. Sri Surya Chandra Reddy

Pulathota Village


to the locals.

21. Sri Thotta Hussian Naidu

NGO

He requested management to provide jobs. 22. Sri Shikhamani, E.

Tandrapadu Village

He requested management to provide the

jobs.

23. Sri Syed TDP, Minority Cell

Vice President

He requested for jobs for locals 24. Sri B. V Reddy, NGO

2. Village development &/or community infrastructure development related issue










Earlier management has helped them in

village development activities and requested

the management to solve some issue related

to village development.

1. Sri B Srinivasulu,

Gondiparla Village,

Sarpanch

Duly noted.

Proposed expansion will increase the

development activities in their village.

2. Smt. Krishnaveni,

Gondiparla Village, MPTC

Duly noted.

He requested the management to construct

Shadi Khana in their village.

He requested that toilet facilities be

provided for ladies in their village.

3. Sri. S. Mahaboob Basha E.

Thandrapadu (V)

Public toilets (separately for men & women)

will be constructed in E. Thandrapadu Village

& Gondiparla Village (2 nos in each village)

Budgetary allocation:

Capital cost: Rs.

4,00,000/-

He requested the management to adopt

surrounding villages & develop them.

4. Sri M Ramesh Naidu, NGO M/s Shivtek is a small scale industry & will

utilize its resources under CER & CSR to

bring development in the nearby villages.

--

He requested management to adopt

surrounding schools & develop them.

5. Sri Sadhu Venkateshwarlu,

NGO

He requested the management to continue

development activities in surrounding

villages.

6. Sri Krishna Yadav,

Panchalingala Village

Duly noted --










He requested to develop infrastructure in the

village.

7. Sri Vishnu Vardhan reddy,


Duly noted --

He requested for library facilities in village &

also requested management for development

of the village.

8. Shri Venkataswamy, Uppa

Sarpanch, E. Thandrpadu

Village

Library upgradation (renovation &

providing books) of govt. school in E.

Thandrpadu Village

M/s Shivtek is a small-scale industry & will

utilize its resources under CER & CSR to

bring development in the nearby villages.

Budget for library

upgradation: Rs.

1,00,000 /-

He requested the management to spend CSR

funds in the affected villages only.

9. Y Chenna Kesva Reddy,

NGO

--

He requested the management to provide bus

transportation facility for school & college

students of surroundings villages.

Presently, several buses are being operated

by the APSRTC, Kurnool. Several private

operators are also operating buses. Auto

rickshaw facility is also available in nearby

villages.

M/s Shivtek will judiciously utilize its

resources under CER & CSR to address

public issues.

--

He wants that the management should

provide transportation facilities to the

maternity needs of the local women.

10. Sri Shikhamani, E.

Tandrapadu Village

3 Water related issues










He requested the management to resolve the

drinking water problem in E. Tandrapadu

village & also requested to arrange a

dedicated water tanker for drinking water

purpose for the village.

1. Sri K Venkateshwarlu MPTC,

E.Tandrapadu Village

1 no. of R.O. Plant (Drinking water

facility) in E.Thandrapadu village has been

provided by the TGV group & water supply

through PHMED, Kurnool is being done.


facility) in E.Thandrapadu village will be

constructed by the company.

Water tanker supply will be done in

E.Thandrapadu & Gondiparla village. for 5

years


R.O. Plant

Capital cost*: 5.0 Lakh

Recurring cost: 1.0

Lakh


Water tanker supply:

Rs. 2,50,000

(10 tanker per month x

60 months x 400 rs per

tanker)

Requested the management to provide

drinking water facilities.

Requested the management to establish

mineral water plants in Lakshipuram, T.G.

Nagar & other places in addition to

E.Tandrapadu village


Tandrapadu Village

He expressed that due to fluorine in water

they are suffering from knee pains.

He also requested for drinking water


BC cell member

The baseline monitoring report carried out

for ground water quality in study area does

not show fluoride levels to be above

--

http://www.appublichealth.gov.in/getInfo.do










facility in E. Tandrapadu Village. acceptable limit as per IS:10500-2012)

He requested to solve drinking water problem. 4. Sri. S. Mahaboob Basha E.

Tandrapadu (V)

1 no. of R.O. Plant (Drinking water facility)

in E.Thandrapadu village will be constructed

by the company.


E.Thandrapadu & Gondiparla village. for 5

years


R.O. Plant

Capital cost*: 5.0

Lakh

Recurring cost:

1.0Lakh



Rs. 2,50,000



tanker)

He requested that 4 drinking water plants be

provided in surrounding villages.

5. Sri Minnala, Athletics

Coach, E. Tandrapadu (V)

He requested that drinking water facilities be

provided in Gondiparla Village through pipe

line from Panchalingla village.

6. Sri muniswami, Gondiparla

(V)

The same is not under the purview of the

company. The government may take

appropriate action in this regard.

He requested the management to allocate the

CSR funds for drinking water facilities,

drainage facility in nearby villages.

7. Sri M Ramesh Naidu, NGO Budgetary allocation under CER for drinking

water supply has been done.

The company will allocate annual budget

under CSR (Company’s act) for improving

drinking water infrastructure in nearby

villages.

He informed that management is ready to give 8. Shri Venkataswamy, Uppa Duly noted. 1 no. of R.O. Plant (Drinking --










drinking water facilities (R.O. Plant) but the

villagers are not ready for the maintenance of

the R.O plant.

Sarpanch, E. Thandrpadu

Village

water facility) in E.Thandrapadu village has

been provided by the TGV group (Sree

Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd.)

& water supply through PHMED, Kurnool is

being done.

He requested the management of proposed

project shall spend money under CSR for

providing safe drinking water facilities to the

locals.


NGO


facility) in E.Thandrapadu village will be

constructed by the company.


E.Thandrapadu & Gondiparla village. for

5 years.


R.O. Plant

Capital cost*: 5.0

Lakh

Recurring cost:

10 Lakh



Rs. 2,50,000



tanker)

He requested the management for provision of

drinking water.

10. Sri D. Anjaya, NGO


NGO

He requested R.O. Plants in the surrounding

villages.



Samudaya)


drinking water facilities in the surrounding

13. Shri Thotta Hussain Naidu,

NGO












villages.


drinking water facilities to the locals.


Vice President

He requested for drinking water facilities for

locals

15. Sri B. V Reddy, NGO

4 Education infrastructure related issues


education facility.

Also requested to construct library in E.

Tandrapadu village.


Tandrapadu Village-

Library upgradation (renovation & providing

books) in govt. School in E. Thandrpadu

Village will be done.

Budget for library

upgradation: Rs.

100,000/-

He requested management to arrange library

in Indiramma colony.


BC cell member

He requested the government to sanction a

government polytechnic college for all the

surroundings youth of the Gondiparla Village

so that all the eligible youth can avail

3. Shri Thotta Hussain Naidu,

NGO




--










necessary training for jobs.

He requested the management for provisions

of scholarships to students of the region from

CSR funds.

4. Shri Venkat Reddy NGO The company will allocate annual budget under

CSR (Company’s act) for provisions of

scholarships to meritorious students in Govt.

Schools in E.Thandrapadu & Gondiparla village

--

5 Health infrastructure related issues


medical facilities.

Also requested the management to

construct new hospital and to provide

medical services in the nearby villages.


Tandrapadu Village

There is one government upper primary

health Centre each in E. Thandrapadu

Village & Gondiparla Village. Also,

Kurnool city is at a distance of 5 km radius

from the villages, which has adequate

health care infrastructure.

The company will organize Annual health

check-up camp for four years. in E.

Thandrapadu village & Gondiparla Village.

Budget for medical

camps*: Rs. 800,000/-

(1.0 Lakh x 2 villages x

4 years)











transport vehicle for medical purpose of local

villagers.

2. Sri.Y S Babu, E.Tandrapadu

Village

Presently, several buses are being operated

by the APSRTC, Kurnool. Several private

operators are also operating buses. Auto

rickshaw facility is also available in nearby

villages.

M/s Shivtek is a small scale industry & will

judiciously utilize its resources under CER

& CSR to address public issues.

--

He requested the authorities to provide

medical camps for regular medical check-ups

& give medicines once in a week to the locals.

3. Sri Sadhu venkateshwarlu,

NGO


checkup camp for four years. in E. Thandrapadu

village & Gondiparla Village.

Budget for medical

camps*: Rs. 800,000/-


4 years) He requested the management for medical

facilities to local people.

4. Sri D. Anjaya, NGO There is one government upper primary



Kurnool city is at a distance of 5.0 km

radius from the villages, which has

adequate health care infrastructure.

5. Y Chenna Kesva Reddy,

NGO

He requested the management to conduct

medical camp in surrounding villages.



Samudaya)











10 to 15 bed hospital for local villages.

He also requested to provide ambulance

with a driver to their Village.

7. Sri Shikhamani, E.

Tandrapadu Village


checkup camp for four years. in E.

Thandrapadu village & Gondiparla Village

He informed that there is a primary Health

Centre in Indiramma colony but it has

insufficient health care staff. He requested

the government to increase the health care

in this Primary Health Centre.


Vice President




--

He requested for primary health facilities for

the locals.

9. Sri B. V Reddy, NGO There is one government upper primary



Kurnool city is at a distance of 5.0 km radius

from the villages, which has adequate health

care infrastructure.


checkup camp for four years. in E.

Budget for medical

camps*: Rs. 800,000/-


4 years)










Thandrapadu village & Gondiparla Village

He informed that industry should not be

blamed for all health problems.

Once again informed that all health

problems are not related to pollution.

10. Sri Sumanda Reddy, NGO Duly noted. --

6 Environmental Management related issues

He requested the management to operate the

industry without any leakage of chlorine.

1. Sri T. Chennakesvalu,

TDP, BC cell member

Duly noted.

Chlorine leakage control system includes

pressurized supply system on SRAAC end &

vacuum suction receiving on M/s Shivtek’s

end. ID Fan installed near reactors for

carrying away fugitive Cl2 back to supplying

industry through pipeline.

Also, Chlorine sensors and ammonia torches

are in place at transfer points and process

area for detection of chlorine in the plant

premises.

Amount spent on

chlorine leak detection

& control: 9.0 Rs. Lakh










All measures are in place to avoid leakage of

chlorine.

He informed that E. Tandrapadu Village is

very near to the existing industry, earlier one

accident had occurred in the industry and

requested the management to take safety

measures to avoid this in future

2. Sri. S. Mahaboob Basha E-

Tandrapadu village

It was clarified that a fire accident had occurred

at site in the year 2016 & an amount of Rs. 32

Lakh has already been spent on upgrading fire-

fighting system in the plant premises.

Amount already spent

on upgrading fire-

fighting system: Rs. 32

Lakh

He requested for provision of developing

greenbelt on more than 33% area around the

proposed project.

3. Sri M Ramesh Naidu, NGO Green belt development inside plant

premises is under process & 300 trees have

already been planted.

Also, plantation has been carried out outside

plant periphery & around 750 trees have

been planted.

Amount already

spent on plantation

in core zone: Rs.

4,37,910/- say

4,50,000/-

Amount already

spent on plantation

outside plant

premises: Rs.

He requested the management to increase the

green cover around the project area by

planting medicinal plants like Neem,

Ganugha, Ashwathanarayana plants & oxygen

releasing plant etc.

4. Sri Kiran Kumar, E

tandrapandu Villagers










Greenbelt will be developed in 33% (3379

sq. m) of the total project area with native

species using 545 more trees.

250 nos Trees to be planted in consultation

with Village Panchayat/ local bodies

(including maintenance for 4 years) in

Govt. School, PHC/CHC in E.Thandrapadu

village

825,000/-

Proposed budget

for plantation in

core zone:

Capital cost:

Rs. 5,99,500/-

Recurring cost:

Rs. 400,000/-

per annum

Proposed budget

for plantation in

buffer zone*: Rs.

18,25,000/-


effluent treatment plant & to not discharge the

waste water outside the premises & recycle the

treated effluent back into the process for

5. Sri M Ramesh Naidu, NGO There is no effluent generation from process.

HCl in vapor form generated as byproduct of

the process is recovered in liquid form &

--










various industrial purposes. sold as product, thus making optimum

utilization of resources & reducing pollution.

Cooling tower blow down is collected in

settling tank & recycled for greenbelt

development.

No effluent is discharged outside plant

premises.

Adequate pollution control measures are in

place in the plant.

Boiler (non IBR) run on HSD is (operated

only for about 10-15 days on an average in a

year) is provided with adequate stack height

of 11 mts as per CPCB guidelines.

DG Sets (not operated till date since no

power cuts have been there) are run on HSD

& 3.5 mtr stacks is provided.

Chlorine leakage control system includes

He requested the management to run the

industry without polluting the surrounding.

6. Sri.Y S Babu, E.Tandrapadu

Village

He requested the management to take

adequate measures to reduce pollution

from the project activities.

He suggested that management should not

discharge the effluents directly to outside

drain without treatment and develop the

greenbelt as per norms of MoEF&CC,

GoI.

He requested the management for

commissioning of effluent treatment plant.

He requested to install ETPs and STPs for

treating the industrial effluent.



Samudaya)










pressurized supply system on Sree

Rayalseema’s end & vacuum suction

receiving on M/s Shivtek’s end. ID Fan

installed near reactors & Cl2 for carrying

away fugitive Cl2 back to supplying industry

through pipeline.

Also, Chlorine sensors and ammonia torches

are in place at transfer points and process

area for detection of chlorine in the plant

premises.



species.

There is no solid waste generation from the

process. Only the sludge from settling tank

(~100 kg/year) is generated which is handed

over to Sree Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied










Chemicals Ltd.

MSW generated is collected, segregated &

disposed off to Municipal landfill site.

He requested the management to follow the air

& water acts.

8. Sri Thotta Hussain Naidu,

NGO

The industry has been operating with valid CFO

under Air & water Act from the APPCB.

--

He informed that factories are establishing in

this area day by day and causing pollution

thereby burning sensation and also facing

health problems by them from all the

industries which leads to spend their money

for hospital expenses. He also informed that

these factories are damaging the surroundings

agricultural lands & farmers are facing crop

losses.

9. Shri S Mehboob M/s Shivtek is taking adequate pollution control

measures and regular monitoring is carried out

to keep emission & /or effluent norms within

permissible standards.

Domestic effluent in expansion proposal will be

treated in proposed STP & treated water

recycled for greenbelt development

Budgetary allocation for

STP#:

Capital cost: Rs.

500,000/-

Recurring cost: Rs.

200,000/- per

annum

He informed that government has released a

G.O. for preparation of pollution and informed

the govt. is spending 639 crores per district for

10. Sri B. V Reddy, NGO Duly noted. --










controlling pollution & explained the air

pollution reasons, & mitigation measures

taken by govt. & informed that vehicles are

the main source for air pollution.

He requested the management to follow the

MoEF norms

11. Sri Janardan Reddy, NGO Duly noted. The industry has been operating

with valid CFO under Air & Water Act from

the APPCB and environmental clearance has

been sought from MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

--

He suggested for increasing the development

of greenbelt, so as to reduce overall pollution.

He requested the industry to provide dust

suppression provisions on roads on which

trucks are plying.

12. Shri Venkat Reddy NGO Green belt development inside plant

premises is under process & 300 trees have

already been planted.



species using 545 more trees.

Also, plantation has been carried out outside

plant periphery & around 750 trees have

been planted.

Amount already

spent on plantation

in core zone: Rs.

4,37,910/- say

4,50,000/-

Amount already

spent on plantation

outside plant

premises: Rs.










Plantation is also proposed in nearby areas

(govt. school & PHC)

825,000/-

Proposed budget

for plantation in

core zone:

Capital cost:

Rs. 5,99,500/-

Recurring cost:

Rs. 400,000/-

per annum

Proposed budget for

plantation in buffer

zone*: Rs.

18,25,000/-

7 Support for the expansion project

He conveyed his happiness on behalf of

villagers for the proposed expansion activity.

1. Sri B Srinivasulu,

Gondiparla Village,

Sarpanch

Duly noted. --










She informed that the proposed expansion

project is good luck for their village people &

management is supporting to carryout

development activities in their village. She

informed that in response to the request made

by the villagers, the management has solved

the drinking water problem of Vasanta Nagar

High School located in Gondiparla Village.

Also the management has constructed R.O.

water plant to Doddipadu Village & the

management is carrying out many

developmental activities

2. Smt. Krishnaveni,

Gondiparla Village, MPTC

Duly noted. --

He appreciated the central government for the

proposed expansion of the project & expressed

his happiness for the proposed expansion of

the project


BC cell member

Duly noted. --

He extended his support for the proposed 4. Sri. S. Mahaboob Basha E. Duly noted. --










expansion of project Tandrapadu Village

He extended his support for the proposed

expansion of project

5. Sri Boya Venkatesh YSRCP

Kurnool, Mandal Secretary,

E. Tandrapadu Village

Duly noted. --

He expressed that he is not against the

proposed expansion activity & requested the

authorities to give permission to proposed

expansion project.

6. Sri M Ramesh Naidu, NGO Duly noted. --

He supported the project. He expressed that

village will develop with this company. He

gave assurance that all villagers are there to

support the project & ready to help the

management in any form.

7. Sri Kiran Kumar, E

tandrapandu Villagers

Duly noted. --

He expressed that he is supporting the project

and extended his support to the expansion

project.

8. Sri Krishna Yadav,

Panchalingala Village

Duly noted. --

He extended his support for the proposed 9. Shri Bala Peeran, Sarpanch, Duly noted. --










expansion of project. E.Tandrapadu Village

He welcomed the project. 10. Sri.Y S Babu, E.Tandrapadu

Village

Duly noted. --

He welcomed the proposed expansion project. 11. Sri Parshuram, E.

Tandrapadu Village

Duly noted. --

He is highly supporting the proposed

expansion project. He welcomed the proposed

expansion project

12. Sri Vishnu Vardhan Reddy,


Duly noted. --

He welcomed the proposed project &

requested the authorities to grant

environmental clearance for the proposed

project

13. Sri Sadhu Venkateshwarlu,

NGO

Duly noted. --

He welcomed the proposed project &

requested the govt. authorities to give

permissions to the management


NGO

Duly noted. --

He has supported the proposed expansion of

the project

15. Sri D. Anjaya, NGO Duly noted. --










He requested the concerned authorities to

grant permission for expansion of the project.



Samudaya)

Duly noted. --

He extended his full support for the proposed

expansion activity & requested the authorities

to give required permission for the project.

17. Sri Ravindra Reddy, NGO Duly noted. --

He requested the government to give

permission to the management.

18. Sri Surya Chandra Reddy

Pulathota Village

Duly noted. --

He suggested to the authorities to bring more

such industries to the region to enhance the

overall development of the region.

19. Sri K Somanna Ex

Sarpanch, Gondiparla

Village

Duly noted. --

He overall extended his support for the

proposed expansion of the project.

20. Sri Thotta Hussian Naidu

NGO

Duly noted. --

he thanked the management & TGV group of

industries for establishing the industries

21. Sri Lakshminarayana

Gondiparla Village

Duly noted. --

She supported the proposed expansion project.

She requested the concerned authorities to

22. Sri S. Emambi, NGO Duly noted. --










grant permission for the expansion project.

He supported the expansion project. 23. Sri B. V Reddy, NGO Duly noted. --

He extended his support for the proposed

expansion project.

24. Sri Janardan Reddy, NGO Duly noted. --

He welcomed the industry as the local people

are welcoming & need the industry for

development. He requested MoEF & Govt.

officials to grant permission to management.

He supported the expansion project.

25. Shri Venkat Reddy NGO Duly noted. --

He extended his support for the expansion of

the project & suggested to exempt public

hearing for small & medium scale industries

26. Sri Sumanda Reddy, NGO Duly noted. --







Summary of budgetary allocation for issues raised during public hearing

S.

No.

Particulars Time bound expenditure Total cost

(in Rs.

Lakh) 1 year 2nd

year 3rd

year 4th

year 5th

year

1. Community

infrastructure

development

Public toilets 2.0 2.0 -- -- -- 4.0/-

Library

upgradation

1.0 -- -- -- -- 1.0/-

Water Tanker

Supply

0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 2.50/-

TOTAL 3.50 2.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 7.50

The above table does not include budget allocated for activities proposed under EMP,

remediation plan and natural & community resource augmentation plan.

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT & HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

a) Risk Assessment

Risk assessment is a process to identify potential hazards and analyze what could

happen if a hazard occurs. Risk assessment is done on the basis of past accident

analysis at analogous projects, previous judgments and expertise in the field of risk

analysis especially in accident analysis.

b) Hazard Identification

Hazard Identification is used as the first step in a process used to assess risk. The

result of a hazard analysis is the identification of different type of hazards. A hazard

is a potential condition and exists or not (probability is 1 or 0). It may in single

existence or in combination with other hazards (sometimes called events) and

conditions become an actual Functional Failure or Accident (Mishap).

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment is a method, by which, we try to

identify the main hazardous substance, and then try to reduce the effect of hazard.







For this purpose we will use various risk assessment methodologies by knowing

hazards consequences and by analyzing all the processes which are being carried

out during handling and treatment of hazardous waste.

The project site is located at survey no 62/A Part II, inside the industrial complex

of M/s Sri Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Limited near village

Gondiparla, Tehsil & district Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh. Project site is surrounded

by M/s Sri Rayalaseema High-strength Hypo Ltd. (SRHHL) in North, Existing

Alum Plant in East, M/s SRHHL Power Plant in West, Chloro Methane Plant of

M/s SRAAC Ltd in South.

The nearest habitation from the plant is E.Tandrapadu village located at a distance

of 1.0 km in West direction. The main approach road is NH-7 - Gondiparla village

adjacent to the site in northwest direction.







7.3.1 RISK ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY

Figure 7.3 : Risk Assessment Study Flow

Risk Criteria







7.3.2 Software

DNV-PHAST and SAFETI 8.4 software have been used for carrying out the Risk

Assessment study.

7.3.3 Hazards Identification

Enumeration and Selection of Incidents

Effective management of a Risk Assessment study requires enumeration and selection

of incidents or scenarios. Enumeration attempts to ensure that no significant incidents

are overlooked; selection tries to reduce the incident outcome cases studied to a

manageable number.

These incidents can be based on:

Loss of containment (LOC) of the materials

Unfortunately, there are infinite ways (incidents) by which loss of containment can occur. For

example, leakages of process materials can be of any size, from a pinhole up to a severed

pipeline or ruptured vessel. An explosion can occur in either a small container or a large

container and, in each case, it can range from a small "puff" to a catastrophic detonation.

A technique commonly used to generate an incident list is to consider potential leaks and

major releases from fractures of all process pipelines and vessels. This compilation

should include all pipe work and vessels in direct communication, as these may share a

significant inventory that cannot be isolated in an emergency. The data generated is as

shown below:

Vessel number, description, and dimensions

Materials present

Vessel conditions (phase, temperature, pressure)

Inventory and connecting piping and piping dimensions

The goal of selection is to limit the total number of incident outcome cases, to be

studied to a manageable size, without introducing bias or losing resolution through







overlooking significant incidents or incident outcomes. The purpose of incident

selection is to construct an appropriate set of incidents for the study from the Initial

list that has been generated by the enumeration process. An appropriate set of

incidents is the minimum number of incidents needed to satisfy the requirements of

the study and adequately represent the spectrum of incidents enumerated.

7.3.4 Study Assumptions

The following assumptions were made in study,

1. The material data base of PHAST Software is limited to some chemicals only, as

the software is mainly designed to handle Hydrocarbons. The available chemicals

were used in study to create mixtures

2. Since most of the preparation are batch process, manufacuturing of four drugs

where it needs many chemicals available in software database are selected and run

for risk calculation

3. In terms of Loss of containment events 2 reactors and 2 lending units are taken in

to account and assumed that all four vessels would have four different drug

preparation going on simultaneously

4. An inventory of 1000 Kg is assumed with pressure of 4 barg and Temperature of

25 Deg C

5. For failure frequency of vessel, One number of pressure vessel is consider as part

and failure frequency value is referred from IOGP’s Process release Frequency

report 434-01.

7.3.5 Characterizing the Failures

Accidental release of flammable materials can result in severe consequences. Delayed

ignition of flammable vapours can result in blast overpressures covering large areas.

This may lead to extensive loss of life and property. In contrast, fires have localized







consequences. In most of the cases, fires can be put out or contained, but there are

very few mitigating actions that one can take once a vapour cloud has been released.

Among the facilities, the main hazards arise due to the possible leakage of flammable

materials. To formulate a structured approach to identification of hazards, an

understanding of contributory factors is essential.

7.3.6 Operating Parameters

Operating parameters (Temperature, Pressure & Phase) may vary subject to the

processing, storage, handling, loading or unloading and transportation conditions.

Potential vapour release of the materials handled depends significantly on these

conditions. Temperature and pressure conditions provided by Client have been used

for Consequence Analysis.

7.3.7 Inventory

Inventory Analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short

listing of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role with regard to the

potential hazard. A practice commonly used to generate an incident list is to consider

potential leaks and major releases from fractures of pipelines and vessels containing

sizable inventories. The potential vapour release (source strength) depends upon the

quantity of liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions

(pressure, temperature).

7.3.8 Loss of Containment

Inventory can be discharged into the environment due to Loss of Containment.

Various causes and modes for such an eventuality have been described. Certain

features of materials to be handled at the facility need to be clearly understood to

firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a

detailed examination.

Inventory release can be either instantaneous or continuous. Failure of a vessel

leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of such a major







crack that practically all of the contents above the crack shall be released in a very

short time. The more likely event is the case of inventory release from a hole in a pipe

connected to the vessel. The flow rate will depend on the size of the hole as well as on

the pressure in front of the hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is dependent on

the pressure in the system.

For a liquid release, the vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapour

pressure and weather conditions. Such consideration and others have been kept in

mind while performing calculations.

7.3.9 Isolatable Sections

An isolatable section is defined as the section between two ESD valves.

An inventory analysis will be undertaken within the process facilities are based on the

following:

Review of the Process Flow Diagrams (PFDs) & P&IDs to determine process streams;

Review of the material balance sheets to gain an understanding of the properties of each

stream (specifically physical conditions, composition, mass flow rate, fluid density, etc.);

Identification of isolatable sections based on various units or individual vessels within the

process units.

Rationalisation of the streams in terms of duplicity or multiplicity of streams

Following from the inventory analysis, isolatable sections will be defined. This will be

further assessed for failure cases which are hazards specific within the isolatable section.

7.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

Weather Conditions

The consequences arising out of the release of chemicals are dependent on certain

things on the prevailing meteorological conditions. This section describes the

influence of these conditions.

Stability Class







Dispersion of gases or vapours largely depends upon the Atmospheric Stability Class.

A Very Unstable

B Unstable

C Slightly Unstable

D Neutral

E Stable

F Very Stable

Pasquill’s Atmospheric stability class

The stability class for a particular location is generally dependent upon:

Time of the Day (Day or Night)

Cloud Cover

Season

Wind Speed

Six stability classes from A to F are defined while wind speed can take any one of

numerous values. It may thus appear that a large number of outcome cases can be

formulated by considering each one of very many resulting stability class-wind speed

combinations. However, in fact the number of stability class - wind speed

combinations that needs to be considered for formulating outcome cases in any

analysis is very limited. This is because, in nature, only certain combinations of

stability class and wind speed occur. Thus, for instance combinations such as A-3 m/s

or B-5 m/s or F-4 m/s do not occur in nature. As a result, only one or two stability

class - wind speed combinations need to be considered to ensure reasonable

completeness of Risk Assessment study. Furthermore, though wind speeds less than 1

m/s may occur in practice, none of the available dispersion models, including state-of-

art ones, can handle wind speeds below 1 m/s. Fortunately, wind speed does not

influence consequences as much as stability class and for a given stability class, the

influence of wind speed is relatively less. On the other hand, consequences vary

considerably with stability class for the same speed.







Except during the monsoon months little or no cloud cover along with the prevailing

low wind velocities results in unstable conditions during the day (C or D) and highly

stable conditions (E or F)at night. During the three months of monsoons, the wind

velocities are generally higher and cloud cover generally present. This results in

stability class of D during the day and E or F during the night.

The following wind velocity/ stability class combinations & frequencies are used for

Risk Assessment.

D – 5 m/s

F – 1.5 m/s

Hazards associated with Flammable Materials

Fire and explosion hazards depend on the range of flammable concentrations of the

material in air among all common gaseous fuels. Any spillage or loss of containment

of heavier hydrocarbons may create a highly flammable pool of liquid around the

source of release. High entrainment of gas phase in the liquid phase can lead to jet

fires. If released at temperatures higher than the normal boiling point they can flash

significantly.

Damage Criteria

In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate

the physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) and to predict the

damage (lethality, injury, material destruction) of the effects. The calculations can

roughly be divided in three major groups:

Determination of the source strength parameters;

Determination of the consequential effects;

Determination of the damage or damage distances.







Consequential Effects

Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source strength, relative

density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical situation of the surrounding

area.

Intensity of heat radiation [in kW/m2] due to a fire, as a function of the distance to the

source.

Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of evaporated

chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study

strongly depend upon the type of material involved:

Gas, vapour, liquid, solid

Inflammable, explosive,

Stored at high/ low temperatures or pressure

Controlled outflow (pump Inventory) or catastrophic failure

Selection of Damage Criteria

The damage criterion gives the relation between extent of the physical effects

(exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those

effects. The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the nature of the

exposure. In Consequence Analysis studies, in principle two types of exposure to

hazardous effects are distinguished:

1. Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, fire ball or flash fire.

2. Vapour Cloud Explosion

Heat Radiation

The consequences caused by exposure to heat radiation are function of:

The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];

The exposure duration [sec];

The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).







The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be fatal due to heat radiation, and for

second-degree burns are given in the table below:

Exposure

Duration

Radiation energy

(1% lethality,

kW/m2

Radiation energy

for 2nd

degree

burns, kW/m2

Radiation energy

for first degree

burns, kW/m2

10 Sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 Sec 9.3 7.0 4.0

Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation

Reference: TNO purple book

Since in practical situations, only the people outside will be exposed to heat radiation.

In case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be

assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal

radiation in 10-sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people

suffering from direct contact with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet

flame. The effects due to relatively lesser incident radiation intensity are given below:

Radiation Level

(KW/m2)

Damage to People

4.0 Causes pain if duration is longer than 20sec.

But blistering is unlikely.

12.5 1%lethality in one minute. First degree burns in 10sec.

37.5

100%lethalityin1min.

50%lethalityin20sec.

1%lethalityin10sec.

Radiation intensity

Reference: TNO purple book







The actual results would be less severe due to the various assumptions made in the

models arising out of the flame geometry, emissivity, angle of incidence, view factor

and others. Upon ignition, a spilled liquid would burn in the form of a large turbulent

diffusion flame. The size of the flame would depend upon the spill surface and the

thermo-chemical properties of the spilled liquid. In particular, the diameter of the fire

(if not confined to a dyke), the visible height of the flame, the tilt and drag of the

flame due to wind can be correlated to the burning velocity of the liquid. The radiative

output of the flame would be dependent upon the fire size, extent of mixing with air

and the flame temperature. Some fraction of the radiation is absorbed by carbon

dioxide and water vapour in the intervening atmosphere. In addition, large pool fires

produce thick smoke, which can significantly obscure flame radiation. Finally, the

incident flux at an observer location would depend upon the radiation view factor,

which is a function of the distance from the flame surface, the observer’s orientation

and the flame geometry.

Estimation of the thermal radiation hazards from pool / jet fires essentially involves 3

steps;

o characterization of flame geometry,

o approximation of the radiation properties of the fire and

o Calculation of safe separation distances to specified levels of thermal

radiation.

Explosion

In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the

cloud proper.

For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:







Peak overpressure of 0.1 bars will cause serious damage to 10% of the housing/structures.

Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak

overpressures resulting from a blast wave:

As per approved design basis impact criteria for over pressure (Explosion, BLEVE, and

VCE) is 0.2 bar for 30% fatality & 0.7 for 100% fatality is considered.

Peak

Overpressure, bar Damage Type

0.7 Total destruction

0.2 Steel frame buildings distorted and pulled from

foundations

0.05 Limited minor structural damage

Damage Due to Overpressures

Reference: DNV Help file

From this, it may be concluded that p = 0.17 E+5 pa corresponds approximately with

1% lethality. Furthermore, it is assumed that everyone inside an area in which the

peak overpressure is greater than 0.17 E+5 pa will be wounded by mechanical

damage. For the gas cloud explosion this will be inside a circle with the ignition

source as its centre.

FREQUENCY ASSESSMENT

Applicable and considered frequencies for valves, flanges, pipes etc. to be included in

report as per OGP Standards. Parts count and frequency calculations are used for risk

modelling.

7.5 RISK ASSESSMENT

The output from the consequence analysis, and the frequency analysis, along with

other supporting information are combined in a ‘risk model’. The following data

utilized for risk calculation are:







Event frequencies

Consequence data

Ignition probabilities

Population numbers and distribution in the plant.

Local Weather data

7.5.1 Ignition Sources

In order for a fire or explosion to start there must be an ignition source of sufficient

heat intensity to cause an ignition. Ignition causes a release of flammable liquid or gas

to become a fire (jet fire, flash fire, pool fire etc.) or explosion. There are many

possible sources of ignition and those that are most likely will depend on the release

scenario. Sources of ignition include electrical sparks, static electricity, naked flames,

hot surfaces, impact, friction, etc. The following Ignition sources identified in a risk

assessment under several categories including:

Current Electricity – electrical equipment and cables can act as sources of

ignition if sparks are generated at contact points or where wires overheat; e.g.

Electrical equipment sparking

Static Electricity – static electricity can build up on any unearthed equipment and

generate sparks. Static is commonly found on vehicles, vessels handling

particulate solids and manned areas with nonconductive floor or footwear

unearthed floors; e.g. Electrostatic discharges.

Naked Flames – all naked flames (including cigarettes) are potential sources of

ignition; this category also includes welding, flame-cutting and other hot work,

fired furnaces and flares; e.g. Open flame heaters (boilers and flame heaters)

7.5.2 Population Data

Population data of the Plant was provided from company. This data was utilized for

two purposes, firstly to estimate the Individual Risk of fatality for a member of each







onsite group, and also as the population input for calculating societal risk for site

personnel.

7.5.3 Location Specific Individual Risk (LSIR)

Location Specific Individual Risk (LSIR) is a commonly used risk assessment tool

and is defined as the frequency per year at which an individual, who stays unprotected

for 24 hours per day and 365 days per year at specific location, is expected to sustain

fatal harm due to exposure to hazards induced by the project facility. From the LSIR

value, the Individual Risk Per Annum (IRPA) to the personnel based on their

exposure within the project facility.

7.5.4 Individual Risk Criteria

Individual risk criteria are well established both within industry and by regulatory

bodies. The criteria adopted by the UK HSE, which are widely used and considered

most appropriate to this study are:

Figure 7.4: Individual Risk Acceptance Criteria







The “ALARP region” (1X10-3

to 1X10-5

) lies between unacceptably high and

negligible risk levels. Even if a level of risk for a “baseline case” has been judged to

be in this ALARP region it is still necessary to consider introducing further risk

reduction measures to drive the remaining, or “residual”, risk downwards.

The individual risk contours will not be affected by the number of persons living or

working in the area around the facility. Thus, a person located on the 1.0 x 10-

6 individual risk contour for one year has one chance in a million of being fatally

injured by the hazards associated with releases of hazardous fluids, regardless of how

many other persons are located in the same area.

7.5.5 Risk criteria for Societal Risk

Societal risk is defined as the relationship between the frequency and the number of

people suffering a given level of harm from the realization of specified hazards. It is

usually taken to refer to the risk of death, and usually expressed as a risk per year. In

the same way as for individual risk, maximum tolerable and broadly acceptable

criteria are set a upper and lower limits, where between these levels (termed the

ALARP region) risks should be reduced wherever possible.

Societal risk criteria are more judgmental, and therefore less well established, than

those for individual risk. The general aim of such criteria is to balance the risk to

population groups from a facility with the benefits that the group, or society as a

whole, receive. The criteria, therefore, may vary according to the type and value of

facility being assessed (where value is not necessarily defined in monetary terms) and

the type of population that may be affected, as well as according to the country and

regulatory authority.







Figure 7.5: Societal Risk Acceptance Criteria







RISK RESULTS

The risk modelling has been performed using DNV SAFETI software. Thereby, the input data used for the risk modelling are -

vulnerability criteria, ignition probability and occupancy data. This chapter focuses on the outcome of the risk results and

the comparison of the risk results with standard risk acceptance criteria.

7.5.6 Location Specific Individual Risk (LSIR) Results

The LSIR results for the project facility are presented in below figure;







Figure 7.6: LSIR Contour for Project facility







Figure 7.7: LSIR Contour for Project facility (Zoomed in view)







The Following Table shows the Location Specific Individual Risk (LSIR) for different locations within plant premises based on indoor

vulnerability;

Location LSIR IRPA* Risk Level

Office Room 3.48E-05 1.09E-05 ALARP

Electrical Panel room 1.08E-04 3.1 E-05 ALARP

*IRPA = LSIR x Occupancy Factor (= 0.29)

Unacceptable

ALARP

Acceptable







7.5.7 Societal Risk

The F-N curve is presents the societal risk for all personnel from the fire and explosion

hazards associated with the plant. The societal risk is presented in terms of cumulative

frequency (F) of occurrence of events that lead to more than (N) number of fatalities.

FN Curve is not applicable for this Project because the offsite population aren’t present

near to project vicinity or in other words the population situated far away are not exposed

to risk arising out of the proposed facility.

7.5.8 CONCLUSION

The study team identified 25 numbers of maximum credible LOC scenarios for this risk

assessment study. Considering the risk contours and FN curve for combination of all

scenarios, DNV- PHAST RISK (SAFETI) software has been used for estimating the risk.

The following interpretations are derived from the risk results of this study:

Individual risk is in the ALARP region of the UK HSE Individual risk acceptance

criteria.

The conclusions based on the Risk Assessment study outcome are listed below:

Individual Risk Values at office room and electrical panel room are found to be

inALARP Region of the standard risk acceptable criteria.

This Risk Assessment report represents the worst-case scenario for all the consequences.

Maximum inventory has been considered as an initial cause for worst case scenario. It

was observed that there are no foreseen unacceptable hazards even due to full bore

rupture.

Risk is combination of consequence and failure frequency of the scenario. Obtained

Consequences are because of the availability of flammable gas/liquid and high pressure

in the process. However, the probabilities of the failure are in the acceptable range (1E-4

to 1E-6). Hence the risk falls under ALARP region.







IR Curve presents the combined risk hazards modelled for facility. The largest contour as

shown in Red colors represents a risk level of 1E-6 per year while the smallest contour

shown in yellow color represents an individual risk of 1E-4 year.

7.5.9 Recommendations

Since toxic risk is more predominant here than flammable risk, it is imperative to have

breathing apparatus (SCABA) at appropriate places for the escape of personnel within escape

time frame

Recommended to install Fire detectors inside Building to take quick measures in case of fire

Since the production takes place inside building, the process areas shall be provided with

Flammable Gas, Toxic and Smoke Detectors in case of loss of containment activities.

Active fire protection study shall be performed to mitigate the fire incidents

Escape routes shall be clearly marked on pathways and appropriate direction signage shall be

pasted in walls

Emergency fire extinguisher shall be kept at individual section of process units

Overall Risk is in ALARP region for the possible LOC scenarios. In general, it is

recommended to follow SOP and equip necessary PPEs for the working personnel during

handling and operation of the hazardous chemicals to eliminate the foreseen risks.







Scenario Description

Section Isolatable

Number Description

Hydrocarbon

Storage tanks IS 01 - 05 Storage Tank 1 - 5

Meltor Steam

Operation IS 06 - 11 Meltor vessel 1 - 6

Reactor IS 12 - 21 Reactor 1 – 10

HCL Filtration IS 22-23 Filtration Unit 1 -2

Chlorine

processing

IS 24 Cl Cylinders

IS 25 Cl Vapouriser

Consequence Table

Section

Isolatabl

e section

number

Leak

Size

Wind

Condition

Flash Fire Jet Fire Pool Fire

LF

L

0.5

LFL 4

12.

5

37.

5 4

12.

5

37.

5

Hydrocarbo

n

Storage

tanks

IS 01-05

10 1.5F 2 3 NR NR NR 28 16 8

5D 3 3 NR NR NR 30 19 8

CR 1.5F 5 5 NR NR NR 30 17 9

5D 6 6 NR NR NR 32 19 10

Meltor

Steam

Operation

IS 06-11

5 1.5F 7 8 NR NR NR 28 16 8

5D 6 6 NR NR NR 30 19 8

FBR 1.5F 5 5 NR NR NR 30 17 9

5D 7 7 NR NR NR 32 19 10

Reactor

section IS 12-21

5 1.5F 7 11 NR NR NR 25 16 8

5D 7 12 NR NR NR 25 18 10

25 1.5F 51 85 NR NR NR 30 17 9

5D 44 94 NR NR NR 34 22 10

FBR 1.5F 69 91 NR NR NR 31 17 9

5D 116 176 NR NR NR 35 21 10

HCL

Filtration IS 22-23

5

1.5F NR NR N N N N N N

5D NR NR N N N N N N

25 1.5F NR NR N N N N N N







Section

Isolatabl

e section

number

Leak

Size

Wind

Condition

Flash Fire Jet Fire Pool Fire

LF

L

0.5

LFL 4

12.

5

37.

5 4

12.

5

37.

5


FBR



Chlorine

processing IS 24

5



25



CR



Chlorine

processing IS 25

5



25



CR



Worst Case Consequence Graphs

Hydrocarbon Storage tanks

Dispersion - Cloud Maximum Footprint







Pool Fire







Flash Fire







Meltor Steam Operation

Dispersion Cloud Maximum Footprint

Toxic Dose vs Distance







Pool Fire

Flash Fire







Reactor section

Dispersion – Cloud Maximum Footprint








Pool Fire

Flash Fire







HCL Filtration

Toxic vs Distance

Chlorine processing

Dispersion - Maximum Foot Print








1.1 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH

Many worker health and safety hazards are posed by plant operations. They include

safety hazards from moving machine parts, pressurized equipment and pipes, heavy

manual handling of materials and equipment, steam, hot liquids, heated surfaces and hot

workplace environments, confined spaces and hazardous energy sources (e.g.,

electricity); and high noise levels.

Acute and chronic health risks may result from worker exposures to hazardous chemicals

during operations. Chemicals with acute health effects can damage the eyes and skin, be

corrosive or irritating to body tissues, cause sensitization or allergic reactions or be

asphyxiants, causing suffocation or oxygen deficiency. Chemicals with chronic health

effects may cause cancer, or damage the liver, kidneys or lungs or affect the nervous,

endocrine, reproductive or other organ systems. Worker exposure to chemicals can occur

during manufacturing when chemicals spill, leak, or discharge from the process system

and contaminate areas where workers are present. The most frequently reported







industrial exposure occurs during the transfer of materials. The entry of workers into

systems, equipment, or enclosures that are contaminated may occur inadvertently, but

routine servicing, non-scheduled maintenance, and process monitoring appear to be the

kind of activities with potential for significant exposure. Health and safety hazards may

be controlled by implementing appropriate control measures (e.g., process modifications,

engineering controls and administrative practices, personal and respiratory protective

equipment).

The engineering controls for reducing occupational hazards are provision of scrubbers,

condenser systems for process equipment, piping systems, insulation, usage of transfer

pumps with mechanical seals, level indicators, pressure and temperature indicators,

barrier guards on moving machine parts, optimization of chemical inventory, control

switches and emergency stop devices to mitigate and avoid physical, chemical, electrical

and mechanical hazards.

Work practices for improving occupational safety are induction training programs, safety

training programs, rotation of workers, implementation of proactive maintenance

schedule, provision of standard operating procedures for all plant operations, access to

MSDS for all employees, access to emergency numbers of contact, and avoidance of

crowded work place, and provision of occupational safety centre.

Personal protective equipment shall be provided to all the employees including contract

employees. All the employees shall be provided with gumshoe, helmet, masks, and

goggles. The other equipment like ear muffs, gloves, respirators, aprons etc., will be

provided to employees depending on the work area allocated to them. The PPE selection

shall strictly follow the prescribed guidelines of MSDS. All the operations are conducted

in closed system.







1.2 MEDICAL CHECK-UP

M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. has a medical program of pre employment screening,

periodic medical examination, emergency treatment, non emergency treatment, and

record keeping and review. The pre employment screening and periodic medical

examination shall follow the guidelines of factories act. The pre employment screening

shall obtain medical history, occupational history followed by physical examination and

baseline monitoring for specific exposures. The frequency of periodic medical

examination and type of evaluation is presented in Table 9.1.

Table 4.9: Frequency of Health Monitoring

Occupation Type of evaluation Frequency

Process area Dermatology examination, ophthalmic

examination, ENT examination, physical

examination, complete blood picture,

complete urine examination, ECG, Random

blood sugar, Lipid profile, Liver function test,

kidney function test, Anemia profile, thyroid

stimulating hormone, abdomen ultra sound

scanning, thread mill test, Spirometry test.

Once a year for regular

employees.

Half yearly for contract

employees

Noise prone

Areas

Audiometry Annually

Pre employment check up will be made mandatory and following test will be conducted:

Plan of evaluation of health of workers

Chest x rays

ECG

Haemogram (examination of the blood)

Urine (Routine and Microscopic)







Complete physical examination

Musculo-skeletal disorders (MSD)

Backache

Pain in minor and major joints Fatigue, etc.

Occupational health centre provided emergency and non emergency treatment, by way of

emergency first aid on site, liaison with local hospitals and specialists, arranging

decontamination of victims, arranging transport of victims to hospitals, and to transfer

medical records, and to provide details of incident and medical history to next care

provider. The occupational health centre shall be supervised by a qualified physician.

The occupational health centre shall maintain the health records and shall analyze the

records for any common symptoms and common health problems which may be due to

exposure to chemicals, and or due to other occupational hazards.

7.5.10 Treatment of Workers affected by Accidental Spillage of

Chemicals

The following is the standard procedure followed in Plant;

On receiving message of casualty at ECC, Ambulance is sent to the plant / location of

occurrence.

Give topmost priority to the “personal Safety of employees”. Prevention of life is the

number priority and people must be removed from the danger area and shifted for

medical treatment as early as possible.

The casualty is rendered first aid by trained first aiders.

The casualty then shifted to OHC in Ambulance for further treatment.

Medical aid is administered by FMO / Manager - OHC at OHCS.

On the Company Manager – Occupational Health assessment, the casualty is transported

in Ambulance to defined hospitals for further treatment.

Toxic release gas:







Check wind direction of wind sack installed at highest point and stay upwind at 900.

Wear appropriate / necessary PPE if moving near gas leakage area.

Rescue operators must wear SCBA set before entering the affected section.

Monitoring of the emission levels in the immediate vicinity by on-duty Environment

Protection Manager (Dragger Tubes / PID instrument / Gas detector tubes)

Mayura Water curtains to be started immediately to control drift of gases away from leak

spot.

7.5.11 Safety Measures in C.P Plants

Chlorine in chlorinated paraffin compound plasticizers is important raw material and as

such hazardous nature of chlorine is often forgotten. It is always better to utilize chlorine

at the place of production, so that hazard involved in transport of chlorine is minimized.

SRAAC LTD. is operating caustic soda plant at Gondiparla (Kurnool) and hence

installation of chlorinated paraffin plant in part of complex is one of the safety measures

for production and use of chlorine. It is imperative that personal engaged in handling

chlorine must understand the basic characteristics of chlorine, its properties and the

problems involved, it requires proper handing. Basic knowledge of steps to be taken in

case of unforeseen emergencies arise is also absolute necessary. In general all

requirements of IS: 4263 code of safety for chlorine and the gas cylinders rules are

followed. Before safety measures are discussed, characteristics of chlorine in brief will

be discussed.

7.5.12 Characteristics of Chlorine:

Chlorine at ordinary condition of temperature and pressure is a greenish, yellowish gas

with characteristics pungent, irritating odour.

Gaseous chlorine is approximately two and half times as heavy as air.

It tends to accumulate in low place and is slow to diffuse in to atmosphere.







Liquid chlorine has a clear amber colour and is approximately one and one half times as

heavy as water.

Chlorine by itself is noninflammable and non-explosive while it is not combustible in

air, it will support the combustion of some compounds under certain conditions.

Vapor pressure of chlorine rises rapidly with increase in temperature. The density of

liquid chlorine decreases rapidly with increasing temperature.

Moist chlorine is very corrosive due to formation of hydrochloric and hypochloric acid.

Chlorine gas is primarily as respiratory irritant. It is intensely irritating and concentration

above 3 PPM by volume in air readily detectable by any person.

Threshold limit value of chlorine in ambient is 2.9 mg/nm3 of air and 15mg/nm3 for

hypo tower in process. Chlorine gas is extremely irritating to the membranes, the eyes

and the respiratory system. If the duration of exposure or the concentration of chlorine in

excessive, it will cause restlessness, throat irritation, sneezing and copious salvation.

Short duration exposures of skin to high concentration of chlorine gas are not much

irritating or corrosive. Splashes of liquid chlorine on the eyes, skin and clothing may

cause immediate irritation and chemical burns as well as severe damage to body tissues.

7.5.13 Safety Measures

All the persons handling chlorine are to be trained at Chemical Alkalies plants.

Air pollution control system is adopted so that ambient air pollution is not more than 3

mg/nm3 permitted by pollution control board.

Wind sock has to be installed and workers are to be trained to go perpendicular/against

the direction in case of accident.

HNP storage tanks has been kept at least 15ft. away from chlorine supply line and

reactors.

All the equipments will be painted from time to time for any possible corrosion.

Ammonia torch is kept ready for detection of any leakage of chlorine.







Two oxygen cylinder type gas mask and one canister type of masks shall be ready for

handling chlorine leakage.

Graphite blocks and absorbers with neutralizers are installed for control of HCL fumes.

in case of chlorine leakage, the first step to be taken is to remove all persons not directly

connected upwind (opposite to the direction of wind), and to a higher plane in the open

and only trained personnel are allowed to attend leakage, with use of gas mask.

Water should never be used on chlorine leakage.

H2O+CL2 + HCL+Hocl

Hod === HCL + H2O

HCL is strong corrosion medium.

All persons operating chlorine process are trained for use of emergency kits during

leakage.

To control large accidental spillage of liquid chlorine on the floor, chilled water is

sprayed so that film of chlorine hydrate is formed thus reducing the rate of evaporation

from the spillage. Immediate steps will be taken to neutralize spilled chlorine with

lime/caustic soda.

Following first aid measures are provided:

(i). In case of chlorine gas inhalation the patient should immediately be removed to

an open area where fresh air is available. Clothes are to be loosened and shoes

removed. If breathing has not seized, the patient shall be placed on his back with

head and back elevated, and kept warm. Rest is essential. If breathing has

apparently ceased, artificial respiration should be given immediately. Oxygen

shall be given & butter milk, limejuice, cough syrup shall also be given.

(ii). Tablets Astemaz and Dermonorm shall be given as first aid measures.

(iii). If eyes have been affected 2 or 3 drops of 0.5% solution of pontocaine or

Xylocaine solution shall be instilled into eyes.







(iv). In case of affect on skin, area shall be washed with soap and water and water

sprayed quickly.

All firefighting protection system of fire extinguishers, hose reel, yard hydrants, foam

monitors, electric fire alarm system, manual sprinkler system, fire detection & alarm

system, underground static water storage tank, emergency terrace tank, water pumps,

jokey pumps have been installed.

**********






CHAPTER VIII

Project Benefits






INDEX

8.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 309

8.2 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ................................................................................................... 309

8.3 Corporate Environment Responsibility ........................................................................................ 310






CHAPTER VIII: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd is engaged in manufacturing of Chlorinated Paraffin

since 2011 having a running unit at village Gondiparla, Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh. It is

exporting its product for the last 5 to 6 years and has achieved the award of “Star Export

House” from Govt. of India (DGFT). A plot of 10117.10 Square Meters has been

provided by M/s SRAAC Ltd. to M/s Shivtek Industries. Pvt. Ltd. on lease basis inside

the industrial area, where Chlorine will be supplied through pipelines from M/s SAARC

Ltd. to the Shivtek plant and the sniff gases emitted during manufacturing process from

Shivtek Plant will be neutralized in M/s SAARC neutralization plant. The unit is already

involved in the manufacturing of Chlorinated Paraffin & Hydrochloric Acid in the same

unit at the rate of 50 MT/day and 100 MT/Day respectively. The unit has proposed to go

for an expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) and

Hydrochloric Acid (100 TPD to 250 TPD), for which number of incentives is available

from the Govt. of Andhra Pradesh.

8.2 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The proposed project will generate indirect employment to the locals during construction

phase and operation phase due to the proposed expansion. The employers will contribute

to the provident fund, ESI and provide facilities as per the relevant labor act.

Table 8.1: Employment Opportunities in the proposed expansion project

Description Number

G Manager 1

Sr. Manager 2

Shift Manager 3

Supervisor 3

Skilled Operator 9

Semi Skilled Operator 9






Unskilled 18

Total 45

8.3 Corporate Environment Responsibility

As per Tor point no. 11 of Violation’s Terms of Reference for the project “Fund

allocated for Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) shall be made as per

Ministry’s O.M. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018(attached as Annexure XV)

for various activities therein.” Since proposed project is a brownfield project and total

project coast is Rs. 7.0 Crores which is less than Rs. 100 Crores. As per above

notification, 1% of the project cost is applicable for CER budget for brownfield projects.

Since this is an existing plant, M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. has already donated four

number of water tanks of 1000 liter capacity each to the Zilla Parishad Govt. School and

a hostel at B-camp, Kurnool under CSR programme. Besides the above, in December

2017 the company had given a grant of Rs. 50,000/- to a NGO named Kartikeya

Foundation, Andhra Pradesh. M/s Shivtek will continue to provide Rs 22 Lakhs for

similar works even after expansion. The details regarding the CSR activities are given in

table 8.1.

Table 8.2: Budgetary Allocation of CSR Activities

Capital Cost Recurring

Cost

( Rs. in

Lakhs)

S.No

Major Activity Heads

YEAR OF IMPLEMENTATION Total

Expendit

ure ( Rs.

in

Lakhs)

1st year

( Rs. in

Lakhs)

2st year

( Rs. in

Lakhs)

3st year

( Rs. in

Lakhs)

(A). Based on Public Consultation

1 Community & Infrastructure

Development

A.) Constru

ction of public

toilets

2 nos. in

E.Thandrapau

village

2 nos. in

Gondiparla

Village

4.00 0.20

Budget in

lakhs

2.00 2.00






B.) Provisio

n of drinking

water facility

1 no. of

Drinking

water facility

R.O. plant in

E.Thandrapau

-- -- 5.00 0.10

Budget in

lakhs

5.00

2. RWH pits in

the

surrounding

villages & De-

siltation of

ponds

1 no.in

Government

Primary

School in

E.Thandrapau

village

1 nos.from

E.Thandrapa

u village

1

nos.from

Gondiparl

a

Village

3.00 0.30

Budget in

lakhs

1.00 1.00 1.00

3 Education 2.00 0.20

Construction of

toilets in

surrounding

schools & its

maintenance

2 nos.( boys

and girls ) at

Govt school ,

E.thandrapadu

,Kurnool

,Andhra

Pradesh

-- --

Budget in

lakhs

2.00 -- --

4. Health

Awareness

1 no.

Organizing

medical and

health check

up camp in

E.Thandrapau

village

-- -- 2.00

Budget in

lakhs

2.00

5. Impart

training to the

local villages

for skill

development.

A) Disha

Vocational

training to

unemployed

youth , 20

nos. from

E.Thandrapau

Vocational

training to

unemployed

youth , 20

nos. from

Gondiparla

Vocationa

l training

to

unemploy

ed youth ,

20 nos.

6.00






Centre along

with necessary

infrastructure

for

Various

vocational

training

program for

employment

generation in

association

with national

skill

development

mission

(Automobile

repair,

Electrical,

Computer

hardware, Soft

skills like

computer

programs etc.)

village village from

Doddipad

u village

Budget in

lakhs

2.00 2.00 2.00

Total: 22.00 0.80

*************







CHAPTER IX

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) & Hydrochloric Acid (byproduct) (100

TPD to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit, located at Survey No. 62 A part II, Gondiparla Village, Kurnool

Mandal, District- Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh




INDEX

9.0 ENVIRONMENT COST & BENEFIT ANALYSIS ................................................................ 309

Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) & Hydrochloric Acid (byproduct) (100

TPD to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit, located at Survey No. 62 A part II, Gondiparla Village, Kurnool

Mandal, District- Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh




CHAPTER IX

ENVIRONMENT COST & BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 ENVIRONMENT COST & BENEFIT ANALYSIS

As per EIA Notification 2006, ‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’ is applicable only if

it is recommended at the Scoping stage. As per the standard ToR points issued by

MoEF&CCNew Delhi vide letter no. A-J-11011/21/2018-IA-II(I) dated 15.02.2018 and

violation of EIA Notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March, 2017 & violation TOR vide

letter No. IA-J-11011/21/2018-IA-II (I) dated 13.03.2020 for the proposed expansion; the

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable and hence has not been prepared.

*******







CHAPTER X

Environmental Management Plan







INDEX

10.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................. 312

10.2 COMPONENTS OF EMP .......................................................................................................... 312

10.3 ACTIVITIES FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION ..................................................................... 313

10.4 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION ......................... 313

10.4.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL ................................................................................. 313

10.5 FUNCTIONS OF THE ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL ..................................... 314

10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM & MONITORING PLAN ...................... 315

10.7 CONCLUSION ............................................................................................................................ 315

*****







CHAPTER X:

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

A site-specific Environmental Management Plan will be formulated based on

recommended EMP and shall be diligently practiced for the proposed expansion,

subsequent to an EIA study as per the Terms of Reference to ensure that the appropriate

environmental management practices to be followed in compliance with the

environmental legislation

10.2 COMPONENTS OF EMP

Following elements are the major components of Environment Management Plan:

Commitment and policy: The project implemented the environment management plan

that incorporates all issues related to air, land and water.

Planning: This head includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirements

and setting of environmental objectives.

Implementation: This comprises of resources available to the developer’s accountability

of contractors, training of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities

and documentation of measures to be taken.

Measurement and evaluation: This includes monitoring, corrective actions and record

keeping.

It is recommended that as part of the EMP, a monitoring committee shall be formed by the

PP comprising of the site in-charge/coordinator, environmental group representative and

project implementation team representative. The committee’s role would be to ensure

proper operation and management of the EMP including the regulatory compliances.







10.3 ACTIVITIES FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION

1. Training and Environmental Awareness;

2. Documentation and record keeping;

3. Reporting Procedures;

4. Stakeholder/ Project Proponent engagement;

5. Auditing;

6. Responding to Non-compliance.

10.4 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR EMP

IMPLEMENTATION

10.4.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

M/s. Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd will assign responsibilities to officers from various disciplines

to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of environment

control measures. This department undertakes the monitoring of environmental pollution level

by measuring stack emissions, ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, Noise level, etc.,

either departmentally or appointing external agency whenever required. The industry will

continue the regular monitoring in future to ensure that pollution is limited below prescribed

limits. In case the monitored results of environment pollution are found to exceed the prescribed

limits, remedial actions are taken through the concerned plant authorities.







Figure 10.1: Hierarchical system of the Environment management cell

10.5 FUNCTIONS OF THE ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

Development and maintenance of Environmental Management System in line with

ISO14001.

Regular monitoring of stack emissions and fugitive emissions and report any

abnormalities for immediate corrective measures.

Regular monitoring of ambient air quality around the plant and work environment

monitoring inside the plant.

Regular monitoring of re-circulating water quality, water quality of the storage

ponds, ground water quality and surface water quality.

Regular noise monitoring of the work zone and surrounding area.

Green belt plantation, maintenance, development of other forms of greenery like

lawns, gardens, etc. in the plant boundary, premise.

Regular monitoring of solid wastes quantity and developing avenues for utilization of

solid wastes and methods adopted for its disposal.







10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM & MONITORING

PLAN

It is recommended that, for the effective and consistent functioning of the plant operations,

an Environmental Management system (EMS) shall be established at the site. The EMS

would include the following:

Environmental management cell.

Environmental Monitoring

Personnel Training

Regular Environmental audits and Correction measures.

Documentation – standards operation procedures Environmental Management Plan

and other records.

10.7 CONCLUSION

Various aspects of the project activities were considered and related impacts were

evaluated. Considering all the possible ways to mitigate the environmental concerns,

Environmental Management Plan has been prepared and fund has been allocated for the

same. Details are given in Chapter IV. The EMP is dynamic, flexible and subjected to

periodic review.

Senior Management of the project shall conduct a review of EMP and its implementation

to ensure that the EMP remains effective and appropriate. Thus, the proper steps being

taken to accomplish all the goals mentioned in the EMP so that the proposed project brings

a net positive impact in the study area.

*******







CHAPTER XI

Summary & Conclusions







INDEX

11.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 318

11.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................... 319

11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................... 319

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ...................................................................... 323

11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME .............................................................. 326

11.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................................................ 327

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS .................................................................................................................. 327

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................ 327

11.8 CONCLUSION ............................................................................................................................ 328

*******







CHAPTER XI: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

The project is for expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) and

Hydrochloric Acid (100 TPD to 250 TPD) manufacturing unit located at Survey No. 62/A,

Part II inside the Industrial Complex of M/s Sree Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals

Ltd. (SAARC) at Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh. The project falls

under category A, item 5(f) (Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry), as per the Schedule

of the EIA Notification 2006 & its subsequent amendments. Therefore, the project requires

appraisal by the EAC, MOEF&CC, New Delhi. The plant falls outside the Notified

Industrial area. Shivtek Ind. Pvt. Ltd has 10117.1 sq.m (2.5 Acre Land). No additional

land is required for the proposed expansion. The project area is a part of the Survey of

India Toposheet No. D44A1 and has an average altitude of 274 m above MSL.

The project activity is listed at item 5(f) (Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry) in

Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006 and subsequent amendments as Category “A” due to:

Applicability of General Condition: Telangana and Andhra Pradesh interstate

boundary lies within 5 km (0.68 km toward ENE)


The project, after obtaining CTE dated 24.01.2011 & Consent for Operation (CFO)

dated 31.12.2011 from APPCB, commenced its operations in the year 2012 without

obtaining prior environmental clearance hence it is violation case in respect to EIA

Notification dated 14th

March 2017.

The unit had obtained Consent for Operation under chapter 25/26 of the Water

(Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and under chapter 21 of Air (Prevention &

Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Authorization under Rule 6 of the Hazardous and

other waste (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 vide Order No.

KLN-287/APPCB/ZO-KNL/CFO&HWM/2017 dated 02.02.2018 valid till 30.11.2021.

Application for the renewal of same has been submitted vide Application ID PRN2100834







dated 21.10.2021. The project proponent now proposes to obtain Environmental Clearance

for the project under violation category with the expansion in its existing production

capacity as Category “A” project from MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

11.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Table 11.1: Brief Description of the Project

S. N. Particulars Description


1. Plot area 10117.1 sq.m. - 10117.1 sq.m.

2. Nature and Size

of the Project




product): 100 TPD




product): 150 TPD




product): 250 TPD

3. Project cost Rs. 430 Lacs Rs. 270 Lacs Rs. 700 Lacs

4. Water demand 87 KLD 113 KLD 200 KLD

Source SRAAC supply

5. Modular STP - 2.0 KLD 2.0 KLD

6. Power demand

&

210 kVA 190 kVA 400 kVA

Source Andhra Pradesh Power Corporation Limited, by SAARC Ltd

7. Power Backup

(DG set)

1x 62 KVA

1 X 40 KVA

1 X 100 KVA

1 X 320 KVA

(-)1x 62 KVA

(-)1 X 40 KVA

100 kVA

320 kVA

8. Manpower 45 persons - 45 persons

11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

11.3.1 AIRENVIRONMENT:







Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of twice a week for

one season at 08 locations. Ambient air quality of the study area is in conformity with

respect to norms of National Ambient Air Quality standards by CPCB.

Summary of Baseline monitoring results

PM 10 found to be varying between 64 μg/m3 and 35 μg/m3.

PM2.5 found to be varying between 33 μg/m3 and 14 μg/m3

SO2, found to be varying between 17 μg/m3 and 9 μg/m3

NOx found to vary between 16 μg/m3 and 9 μg/m3.

11.3.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Ground water quality has been monitored at 8 locations in the study area. Surface water

quality has been monitored at 8 locations.

Ground Water:

Colour: The colour of ground water samples was found <5 hazen unit and meets the


Odour: The odour of ground water samples was found agreeable and meets the


pH: The pH value of ground water samples was found 6.99 to 7.98 and meets the

drinking water acceptable standard.

Turbidity: The Turbidity of ground water samples was found between BDL to < 1

NTU and meets the permissible limit for drinking water standard.

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): TDS in ground water samples was found 580 to 800

mg/l and exceeds acceptable limit of 500 mg/l in some samples & but meets the

permissible limit.

Total Hardness: Total hardness value of ground water samples was found 162 to

566 mg/l. Hardness value exceeds acceptable limit of 200 mg/l in some samples and

& but meets the permissible limit.







Chloride: Chloride content of ground water samples was found 46 to 343 mg/l and

exceeds the acceptable limit of 250 mg/l in some samples.

Calcium: Calcium content in ground water samples was found 22 to 170 mg/l and

exceeds acceptable limit of 75 mg/l in some samples.

Magnesium: Magnesium content in ground water samples was found 24 to 54 mg/l

and found to exceed acceptable limit of 30 mg/l in some samples

Sulphate: Sulphate content in ground water samples was found 7.5 to 167 mg/l and

meets the acceptable limit of 200 mg/l for potable water.

Nitrate: Nitrate content in ground waters samples was found 3.0 to 83 mg/l and

exceeds the acceptable limit of 45 mg/l for potable water in some samples.

Fluoride: Fluoride content of water samples was found 0.2 to 0.8 mg/l.

Surface Water:

In depth analysis of above data has revealed that pH of the surface water is in the range

of 7.2 – 7.67. The Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) is in the range of 708– 986 mg/l. Total

Hardness is in the range of 171 – 314 mg/l. Other parameters like chloride and sulphate

are within the prescribed limits.

11.3.3 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Soil Samples were collected as per standard procedure from eight locations. Sampling was

done from the ground up to one foot depth.

Results

The soil results were compared with soil standards. It has been observed that the pH of the

soil was ranging from 6.61 to 7.91 indicating the soils are basic in nature. Texture of the

soil sample is predominantly Sandy clay. Soil organic content varied from 0.99 to 4.9 %.

The cation exchange capacity of the soils is very low in all samples, contributed mainly by

Potassium exchangeable ions. The level of nitrogen of the all samples is very low to low







while the potassium levels are high. The calcium magnesium ratio of the samples reflects

calcium is low.

11.3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The sources of noise pollution in the study area are industrial noise, noise due to

commercial activities, noise generated by community, vehicular traffic, etc.

Daytime Noise Levels:

Noise levels during day time were found to be in the range 45 to 58 dB (A). The

maximum noise level was observed to be 58 dB (A) at NQ 1 (Project site) and a

minimum of 45 dB (A) was observed at NQ 3 (Devamada).

Night time Noise Levels:

Noise levels observed to fall in the range 36 to 44 dB (A) during the night time. A

maximum of 44 dB (A) was observed at NQ 1 (Project site) and a minimum of 36 dB (A)

was observed at NQ 7 (Padidempadu).

11.3.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Core Zone

Flora: The most commonly seen herbs are Cleome viscosa, Acheranthus aspera,

Alternentra sissalis, Tridax procumbence, Euphorbia hirta etc and few weeds such as

Parthenium, Tephrocia purpuria, Lucas aspera and Casia uniflora. Prosophis is

commonly distributed throughout the region

Fauna: There are no REET species present in the core zone. No migratory corridors or

breeding grounds for faunal species present here. The proposed expansion area is a

private agricultural land. Some space was allotted to raise specific plants in core zone.

No special precautions are required towards conservation of faunal diversity. The

common butterflies, dragonflies, birds and smaller mammals were sighted here

Buffer Zone







Flora: Buffer zone of the project area has been reported with the 57 tree species, 35

species of shrubs, 77 species of herbs & grasses and 7 species of climbers.

Fauna: Buffer zone is recorded with 79 species of birds / avifauna, 26 mammals, 18

species of reptiles.

11.3.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

In the study area, there are 93950 households of which 2.95 % household’s falls in 0 to 2 km,

73.97% household’s in 2 to 5 km , 8.12% household’s in 5 to 7 km and 14.95% household’s in

7 to 10 km respectively. The total population falling in the project area is 433802 of which

2.60 % resides within 0 to 2 km, 74.06% are in 2 to 5 km ,7.85% are in 5 to 7 km and 15.49%

in 7 to 10 km. The total male population consists of 50.19 % and female population accounts to

be 49.81 % of the total population. The sex ratio of the 10.0 km study area is 993 females over

thousand males. There are approx 4 to 6 members in a family. The 0-6 population comprises of

11.45% of the total population of the study area. The sex ratio of 0-6 population is 932 females

over thousand males.

The literate persons are 283496, which is 65.35% of the total population. The male

literates are 70.84% of the total male population and female literates are 59.82% of the

total female population. The illiterate population of the study area is 34.65%, the male

illiteracy population is 29.16% and female illiteracy population is 40.18% with respect to

the male and female population respectively.

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The potential environmental impacts due to the proposed project have been assessed in

detail. These include impact on air quality, noise, water quality, solid waste, ecology and

socio economics, etc. The modelling and analysis of the data indicate that the predicted

impacts are minimal and are within the prescribed norms and standards. Comprehensive







mitigation measures have been incorporated in the environmental management plan to

ensure that the environmental quality is protected and enhanced.

Water Environment

Water will be available from M/s SRAAC Ltd. Total water demand for the proposed

capacity expansion project has been estimated is 200 KLD, which will be used for

domestic purposes, cooling, green belt development etc. There will be no liquid or solid

discharge from the manufacturing process that may deteriorate the water quality. Hence,

there will be no waste water generation from the project. Waste water from domestic

activities will be generated to the tune of 1.8 KLD which will be treated in a modular

STP of capacity 2 KLD. Approximately 1.7 KLD STP treated water will be available

which shall be reused for greenbelt

Air Pollution

The sniff gases is being taken back by Rayalseema Alkalies & Allied Chemicals Ltd.

from system (after washing with water for removal of any HCL fumes) to their caustic

based neutralization system which will make sodium hypochlorite.

Control of HCl Fumes and Chlorine Gas: Chemical reaction of normal paraffin

/HNP/LNP/Oliffins with chlorine generates HCL gas. The absorption of this gas and

concentrating it to HCL solution which is a saleable product gives benefits of

environment protection standards and recovery benefits. But solution of Hydrochloric

acid in water liberates important quantity of heat (approx 450 Kcal/Kg of gas absorbed).

Efficiency of Hydrochloric acid manufacture is therefore, a function of following three

principal factors:-

1. Operation film wise distribution of absorbent

2. Gas Turbulence

3. Cooling







For this impervious graphite cubical blocks and shell and tube type absorbers are

installed. It has flexibility of adding more blocks/tubes to increase heat transfer area.

Short channel lengths increases Turbulence as a result avoids frequent deposits or

fouling.

The unabsorbed HCL gas from Graphite block is sent to secondary graphite tube

absorbers and from secondary graphite tube wash tower. The gas from wash tower is

passed again through HCL absorber and is drawn to neutralization plant of Rayalseema.

C12+2 NaOH — NaOCl+NaCl+H20

Sodium Hypochlorite solution is manufactured by chlorination of NaoH, cooling is

necessary since excessive temperatures result in chlorate formation, darkening the

product and loss of yield. The formation of chlorate also reduces the stability of product.

The chlorination of caustic is exothermic.

The process of hypochlorite involves elaborate system of caustic storage, caustic cooling,

chlorine absorption and suction system which are being provided by Rayalaseema.

Hence process is complete pollution free and there is no any liquid discharge as effluent.

Solid Waste

The solid waste generated from the construction activities will be effectively recycled

and used to fill the low lying areas. There is no other source of solid waste generation

from the manufacturing process in the plant.

Noise Pollution

Noise is anticipated from turbines of captive power plants, motors, compressors,

centrifuges and DG sets. DG set shall be provided with acoustic enclosure. Motors and

compressors shall be mounted properly to ensure reduction of noise and vibration.







Employees working in noise generating areas shall be provided with appropriate

personnel protective equipment.

Occupational Safety and Health

Direct exposure to chemicals or its raw materials may affect health of employees. Direct

exposure to hazardous materials is eliminated by providing closed handling facilities.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) i.e., hand gloves, safety goggles, safety shoes,

safety helmets, respiratory masks etc. are provided to all the employees working in the

plant. Company has a policy of providing PPEs to all personnel including contract

workers. Periodic medical checkup in addition to checkup during recruitment is adopted

to monitor health status of employees.

Greenbelt Development

The objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the source of pollution and

the surrounding areas. The green belt helps in mitigation of fugitive emissions,

attenuation of noise levels, balancing eco-environment, prevention of soil erosion, and

creation of aesthetic environment. Of the total plot area of 10117.10 Square Meters, 3379

Square Meters, which is 33% of the plot area, will be developed as green belt. Since this

is an existing plant, greenbelt is already developed.

11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters like air, water, noise and soil as well as

performance of pollution control devices and safety measures in the project and proper

environmental management will be carried out periodically as per conditions stipulated in

statutory clearances, rules and guidelines & as recommended for proper environmental

management.

11.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Risk Assessment & Safety Measures







Details of risk assessment and disaster management plan are given in Chapter VII.

Following procedure will be followed for effective management risk & hazard:

Step 1: Identification of Disaster risk.

Step 2: Identification of persons at risk

Step 3: Removal of Hazard

Step 4: Evaluation of the risk

Step 5: Control measures to be taken

Step 6: Maintain Assessment records

Step 7: Review

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The PP will provide assistance for the development of public amenities in the nearby

areas. The overall effect will further improve the buying power of people and thus a

higher standard of living viz. better education, improved health and sanitation facilities,

housing and acquisition of consumer durables. Housing, transport, medical, educational

and other civic amenities will further improve in the future. This is envisaged as a major

positive benefit. Amount of Rs. 7.5 Lakh will be spent under Social EMP for this purpose.

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

A site-specific Environmental Management Plan as per EMP given in this report shall be

formulated and will be diligently practiced at the site.

Environment management cell and a site-specific environment management policy shall

be put in place to address environmental issues, monitoring and compliance of statutory

clearances.







11.8 CONCLUSION

M/s. Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd will assign responsibilities to officers from various

disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation

of environment control measures. This department undertakes the monitoring of

environmental pollution level by measuring stack emissions, ambient air quality, water

and effluent quality, Noise level, etc., either departmentally or appointing external

agency whenever required. The industry will continue the regular monitoring in future to

ensure that pollution is limited below prescribed limits. In case the monitored results of

environment pollution are found to exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions are

taken through the concerned plant authorities.

***********







CHAPTER XII

Disclosure of consultants







INDEX

Declaration by Experts contributing to the Project: ............................................................................ 331







CHAPTER XII:

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

Declaration by Experts contributing to the Project: Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin

Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) & Hydrochloric Acid (byproduct) (100 TPD to 250 TPD)

Manufacturing Unit

Site Address: Survey No. 62/A, Part II inside the Industrial Complex of M/s Sree

Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd. (SRAAC) at Village Gondiparla, District

Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh

Proponent: Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd.

Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

Name of the Project: Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) &

Hydrochloric Acid (byproduct) (100 TPD to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit

Nature of consultancy Name and address of the

Consultant/expert/Agency

Approvals, if any from

(NABL/DGMS/IBM/NRBPT/

MOEF/CPCB/others etc)*, give

reference

EIA/ EMP Organization

Gaurang Environmental Solutions

Pvt. Ltd. (GESPL)

#102, SNG, Shri Ratna Apartment,

Peetal factory, Bani Park, Jhotwara

road, Jaipur-302016

Ph:0141-4029115

E-mail :[email protected]

Accreditation Certificate No.-

NABET/EIA/2023/RA0192 (Rev 01)

dated 01.02.2021 valid upto 19.01.2023

Env. Coordinator Dr. Ratnakumar Mudliar

FAE-LU Vinod kumar Verma

FAE-AP Pawan Sut Sharma,

Ginni Barotia

FAE-AQ Mallikarjuna Murthy Guttula

mailto:[email protected]







FAE-WP Dr. Ratankumar Mudliar

FAE-EB Dr. Yati Kacchawa

Ginni Barotia

FAE-NV Mallikarjuna Murthy Guttula

FAE-SE Gajendra Rathore

FAE-HG Mukesh Surolia

Vidya Bhushan Trivedi

FAE-RH Pawan Sut Sharma,

Ginni Barotia

FAE-SHW Dr. Ratan Kumar Mudliar

Ms. Ginni Barotia

FAE-GEO Mukesh Surolia

Vidya Bhushan Trivedi

FAE-SC Dr. Ratnakumar Mudliar

Environmental Monitoring

& analysis

Gaheli Environment Laboratory

& Eco Tech labs pvt ltd

Hydro geological study Vidya Bhushan Trivedi, GESPL

Rainwater Harvesting Vidya Bhushan Trivedi, GESPL

*******







CHAPTER XIII

Ecological Damage & Remediation

Plan, National & Community

Resources Augmentation Plan

Project: Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) & Hydrochloric Acid (by

product) (100 TPD to 250 TPD) Manufacturing Unit, located at Survey No. 62 A part II, Gondiparla Village,

Kurnool Mandal, District- Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh




Contents

13.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND .......................................................................................................325

13.2 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES .............................................................329

13.3 ASESSMENT OF ECONOMIC BENEFITS ACCRUED FROM VIOLATION.......................333

13.3.1 ECONOMIC BENEFIT ACCRUED FROM NON-COMPLIANCE .............................333

13.3.2 ECONOMIC BENEFIT ACCRUED FROM EARLY IMPLEMENTATION OF

PROJECT WITHOUT OBTAINING THE PRIOR EC (OPPORTUNITY COST) ................333

13.4 CALCULATION FOR ENVIRONMENT COMPENSATION COST ......................................334

13.5 COST CALCULATION OF REMEDIATION PLAN AND NATURAL & COMMUNITY

RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN.................................................................................................335

13.6 REMEDIATION PLAN ..............................................................................................................336

13.7 Natural And Community Resource Augmentation Plan .............................................................339







CHAPTER XIII- ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE &

REMEDIATION PLAN, NATIONAL & COMMUNITY

RESOURCES AUGMENTATION PLAN

13.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND

M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd is engaged in manufacturing of Chlorinated Paraffin since

2011 having a running unit at village Gondiparla, Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh. It is exporting

its product for the last 5 to 6 years and has achieved the award of “Star Export House”

from Govt. of India (DGFT). A plot of 10117.10 Square Meters has been provided by M/s

SRAAC Ltd. to M/s Shivtek Industries. Pvt. Ltd. on lease basis inside the industrial area,

where Chlorine is supplied through pipelines from M/s SRAAC Ltd. to the Shivtek plant

and the sniff gases emitted during manufacturing process from Shivtek Plant is neutralized

in M/s SRAAC neutralization plant.

M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd has decided to expand the production of Chlorinated

Paraffin Plasticizer and Hydrochloric Acid in the same unit. There is no additional land is

required for capacity expansion. The Survey no of the existing unit is 62/A, Part II and it is

spread over a land measuring 10117.10 Square Meters in M/s SRAAC Ltd industrial

complex. M/s Shivtek Ind. Pvt. Ltd. is involved in the manufacturing of Chlorinated

Paraffin & Hydrochloric Acid in the same unit at the rate of 50 MT/day and 100 MT/Day

respectively till the 2018. The project site located inside the industrial complex, of M/s

Sree Rayalaseema Alkalies and Allied Chemicals Limited, outside i.e. Survey No. 62/A,

Part II, Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool and State Andhra Pradesh. Shivtek Ind. Pvt.

Ltd has 10117.1 Sq.m ( 2.5 Acre Land).

The proposed project is categorized as category A under category 5(f) (Synthetic Organic

Chemicals Industry) pertaining to Violation as manufacturing process was carried out







without obtaining prior Environment Clearance and attracts the EIA Notification 14th

March 2017.

This has reference to the Terms of Reference granted by Expert Appraisal Committee

(EAC), Violation vide letter no. F. No. IA-J-11011/21/2018-IA-II(I) dated 13.03.2020 for

the proposed Expansion of Chlorinated Paraffin Plasticizer (50 TPD to 125 TPD) and

Hydrochloric Acid (100 TPD to 250 TPD) Project.

The Environmental Impact Assessment notification was published on 14th

September 2006

by S.O. 1533(E). As per the notification, Annexure 1- Schedule (List of Projects or

Activities Requiring Prior Environmental Clearance) is given and at Serial No. no. 5(f)

‘Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and

intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals,

other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates’

M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. established in the year 2011, is involved in the

manufacturing of Chlorinated Paraffin & Hydrochloric Acid (byproduct) at Survey

No. 62/A, Part II, near the Industrial Complex of M/S Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied

Chemicals Ltd, at Village Gondiparla, District Kurnool, Andhra Pradesh with the

production capacities as 50 MT/day and 100 MT/Day respectively since 2012.

M/s Rayalaseema Alkali & Allied Chemicals Ltd is a private industrial complex;

Environmental Clearance for the same has been obtained vide F. No. 11011/84/2016-

IA II(1) dated 01.05.2018 from MoEF&CC, New Delhi. Copy of Environmental

Clearance is enclosed as Annexure

The production activities were stalled with immediate effect due to fire accident

08.10.2016 in industry premises (reason: fire in oil storage tank). M/s Shivtek

constructed & restored plant & machinery that suffered damage in the fire and

upgraded the firefighting system after obtaining revocation order for doing the same

from APPCB vide letter dated 04.08.2017. The production was resumed in 2018 after

taking due diligence of obtaining NOC from fire department after shifting of Oil







storage tank to other place within plant premises and obtaining CFO under chapter

25/26 of the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and under chapter

21 of Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Authorization under

Rule 6 of the Hazardous and other waste (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 vide Order No. KLN-287/APPCB/ZO-

KNL/CFO&HWM/2017 dated 02.02.2018 valid till 30.11.2021. Application for the

renewal of same has been submitted vide Application ID PRN2100834 dated

21.10.2021.

Since plant was operational from last two years and all the mitigation measures to control

the pollution had been taken place, damage to the environment and ecology is almost nil

or minimal, however we have assessed the damage caused by mining activity in these

years as per instructions given in EIA Notification 2017 dated 14th March and the

prescribed terms of reference by EAC.

A. Violation Years: the manufacturing process started in 2012 and had been continued to

08.10.2016. There was a fire accident in the factory on 8.10.2016. Due to this, factory was

closed for about one year and it is in regular in operation from January 2018.

PART A

ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE ASSESSMENT& REMEDIATION PLAN

1. Scope of Work

The study reveals the extent of environmental damage caused by the project operation

without formal statutory approval. The impact due to unscientific measures and the

absence of EMP undertaken is elaborated. The measurable impacts will be ascertained

with the extent of damage done with the financial liabilities to bridge gap of stipulated

environmental norms will be undertaken. The primary concern of remediation plan is to

evaluate the extent of environmental damage done due to project operation in the absence







of environmental protection measures. The prior knowledge of the project is being utilized

to derive the extent of damage and plan remediation with time bound action plan and

budgetary provision.

Introduction:

There are various parameters which may degrade environment of the surrounding area due

to project activity. Environment damage & assessment has been studied in comparison to

the earlier environmental status before the start of the activity considering the following

parameters:

2. Damage Assessment

The following activities are considered for assessment of Ecological damage

a) Damage due to change in land use / land cover

b) Damage due to loss of vegetation and biodiversity

c) Damage due to air pollution

d) Damage due to noise levels and ground vibrations

e) Damage caused on surface and ground water resources

f) Damage caused on human settlement

3. Methodology:

A regional background to the baseline data is assessed at the very onset, which will help in

better appreciation of micro- level field data, generated on several environmental and

ecological attributes of the study area. The baseline status of the project environment is

described section wise for better understanding of the broad spectrum along with

environmental status before the activity represents the background environmental scenario

of various environmental components such as air, noise, land, water, ecological and socio-

economic status of the study area. Field monitoring studies to evaluate the existing status

of the project site were carried out covering three months data (December 2018-Febrauary

2019 & January 2022) as per the CPCB guidelines.







13.2 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES

Attributes Scope of saving on

account of

environmental

protection measures

EMP Remarks

Capital

cost

(INR)

Recurring

cost/annum

(INR)

Air Pollution Non-installation of

APCD

Periodical monitoring

-- -- Not applicable since APCD is

installed & monitoring is

being carried out periodically.

Water Pollution Cost of water

requirement during

construction and

operation

-- 87,600/- Water was sourced from

SRAAC as per agreement.

3 KLD during construction

phase for dust Suppression =

@ Rs. 80/1 KL water, days of

violation: 240 * 365 =

87,600/-

A. Cost of sewage

treatment, reuse &

disposal:

-- -- As per CFO obtained from

APPCB, the unit was

disposing domestic waste in

soak pit through septic tank.

B. Quantity of water

pumped out during

excavation and a

lumpsum cost of Rs.

50 per cum. for such

unauthorized water

extraction and disposal

-- -- No ground water abstraction

has been done.

C. cost of construction

& maintenance of rain

water storage tanks

2,00,000 27/- recurring cost for maintenance

of recharge well (Approx. Rs.

10,000/- per annum = ~ Rs.

27/- per day) & capital Cost

for recharge well construction

Soil environment Management of

construction &

demolition waste

-- -- no demolition activity done








account of

environmental

protection measures

EMP Remarks

Capital

cost

(INR)

Recurring

cost/annum

(INR)

Hazardous waste

generation &

management

-- -- As per CFO obtained from

APPCB, only used oil (<100

litres/year) is generated,

stored in closed drums within

site & handed over to

authorized recyclers.

Cost of preservation of

top soil & excavated

earth to be considered.

[Area (m2) x depth (m)

x sp. Gravity (kg/m3) x

cost per ton (Rs.)]

1,51,756.5 -- 10117.1 sq. m. x 1 m x 1 m x

15/-

Noise and

Vibration

For damage due to

noise pollution &

vibration, the cost of

barricades around

the project site

should be

considered.

[perimeter (m) x

height of the

barricade(m) x cost

of the sheet]

8,55,540/- -- 407.4m (perimeter) x 3 m x

700/-

Noise attenuation

measures during

operations

-- -- DG Sets have been provided

with acoustic enclosure.

Green Belt In case of any tree

cutting without EC

cost of Rs. 10,000/-

per tree apart from

-- -- No trees have been cut.








account of

environmental

protection measures

EMP Remarks

Capital

cost

(INR)

Recurring

cost/annum

(INR)

any statutory action

for such tree

cutting if any,

Cost of planting &

maintaining trees

Number of trees as

per the guidelines

(tree

guard)

4,90,500 +

1,09,000

(sapling

cost)=

599,500/-

473.4/-

Capital cost for 845 trees (tree

guard: 900/-) 760500 +

169,000 (sapling cost) = 9,

29,500/- however 300 trees

have already been planted.

recurring cost: 4,00,000/-

(salary = 15,000 x 2 +

manure & survival rate)

Cost of

compensatory tree

plantation (5 trees

for each tree cut)

-- -- No trees have been cut.

Risk Mitigation

and OHS

Cost of employee

insurance

-- -- Group insurance has already

been done for employees

A. cost of health

checkup of workers:

-- -- IME & PME of workers is

being carried out as per rules

& guidelines.

B. cost of safety

measures including

PPEs:

-- -- Appropriate PPEs have

already been provided to

workers and their use is

ensured.

Firefighting measures -- -- An amount of Rs. 32.0 Lakh

has already been spent on

upgrdataion of firefighting

equipment & yard hydrants in

the plant premises.







Total recurring cost = Rs. Per day x Number of days violation = Rs. 500.4/- x 4,015 days of

violation

= Rs. 20, 09,106 + 87,600 = Rs 20, 96,706 /-

Total EMP cost = Annual Recurring + Non recurring cost = Rs. 20, 96,706 /- + Rs. 18,06,796.5 /-

= Rs. 39,03,502.5/-………………… (I)

13.3 ASESSMENT OF ECONOMIC BENEFITS ACCRUED FROM

VIOLATION

13.3.1 ECONOMIC BENEFIT ACCRUED FROM NON-COMPLIANCE

The same has already been considered in assessment of damage

13.3.2 ECONOMIC BENEFIT ACCRUED FROM EARLY IMPLEMENTATION

OF PROJECT WITHOUT OBTAINING THE PRIOR EC (OPPORTUNITY

COST)

S. No Benefit in account of Description Cost (INR)

1. Central Govt.

1.1 Custom Duty Dec 2011 – Dec 2019 20,02,50,497.6/-

1.2 TDS Dec 2011 – Dec 2019 65,60,545.11/-

1.3 Income Tax Dec 2011 – Dec 2019 4,73,69,410/-

1.4 CGST Jul 2017 – Dec 2019 66,21,289/-

1.5 CGST on Rent 2018 onwards 22,500/-

1.6 Service Tax on Rent 2013-2017 78,030/-

1.7 CST Dec 2011 – June 2017 12,604,810/-

1.8 Bringing Foreign Exchange in India 2011-2020 58,10,74,589/-

2. State Govt. of Andhra Pradesh

2.1 VAT Dec 2011 – June 2017 1,31,35,004.84/-

2.2 SGST Jul 2017 – Dec 2019 to 66,21,289/-

2.3 SGST on Rent 2018 Onwards 22,500/-

2.4 IGST Jul 2017 – Dec 2019 to 21,02,13,605/-







S. No Benefit in account of Description Cost (INR)

3. 1 + 2 (Central Govt. + State

Govt.)

1,08,45,74,069.55/-

4. Profit after tax by Shivtek Industries

Pvt. Ltd.

2011-2019 10,83,13,583/-

5. Net Profit earned by M/s Shivtek

Industries Pvt. Ltd.

4 - 3 (-) 97,62,60,486.55/-

Observation: It means Shivtek Industries have earned profit i.e. 10,83,13,583 but they have earned

more revenues for state govt. and central govt. i.e. 1,08,45,74,069.55/-

13.4 CALCULATION FOR ENVIRONMENT COMPENSATION COST

Cases considered for levying Environmental Compensation on industry based on Report

of the CPCB In-house Committee on Methodology for Assessing Environmental

Compensation and Action Plan to Utilize the Fund

S. No. Description Remarks

1. Discharges in Violation of

consent conditions, mainly

prescribed standards/ consent

limits

Not Applicable as the industry has complied with all the

consent conditions. (Production quantity, Water and Air

Pollution Control Act, Hazardous Waste Management and

Transboundary Rules, etc). Copy of certified compliance

report enclosed as Annexure

2. Intentional avoidance of data

submission

Not Applicable. CFO Compliance reports are being

submitted to APPCB periodically.

3. Accidental discharges lasting

for short durations resulting

into damage to the environment

Not Applicable, No accidental discharges for short term/

long term are done by the industry. All the necessary Air

Pollution Control equipment are provided by the industry as

per the consent conditions and are operational and properly

maintained.

4. Intentional discharges to the

environment—land, water and

air resulting into acute injury or

damage to the environment

Not Applicable, No discharge of water on land or in water

bodies as the industry is based on the zero liquid discharge.

Solid or hazardous waste is done by the industry.

All Necessary Air Pollution Control equipment are provided

by the industry and the ambient air quality is within NAAQ







S. No. Description Remarks

standards

Fire incident was duly reported, FIR filed, and FIR closure

report submitted after due inspection. Upgradation of fire-

fighting measures has already been undertaken.

5. Injection of treated/ partially

treated/untreated effluents to

ground water

Not Applicable, No discharge of water on land or in water

bodies as the industry is based on the zero liquid discharge.

In the view of the above facts, the industry has not violated any conditions of existing

Consent for Operation; however, the unit has been operational without prior

environmental clearance as per the EIA Notification, 2006 & its subsequent amendments.

It is pertinent to note here that, that APPCB has issued CTE, CFO & renewal of CFO till

year 2018 (valid upto 30.11.2021) and it was only in the year 2018, when Ms Shivtek

proposed expansion that, the APPCB directed M/s Shivtek to obtain prior environmental

clearance.

The environmental compensation is calculated based on the MoEF&CC O.M. 22-21/2020-

IA.III dated 07.07.2021 and the action plan to utilize the fund of Environmental

compensation cost for natural and community resource augmentation based on the report

of CPCB In-house Committee on Methodology

1. Project cost: Rs. 700 lakh (considering depreciation of existing cost & cost of

expansion project)

1% of the capital cost = Rs. 7.0 lakh (A)

2. Total turnover till date: Rs. 4200 Lakh

Amount towards EC: 0.25% of the turnover = Rs. 10.5 Lakh (B)

3. Total budget towards EC (A+B) : Rs. 17.5 lakh







13.5 COST CALCULATION OF REMEDIATION PLAN AND NATURAL

& COMMUNITY RESOURCE AUGMENTATION PLAN

S. No. Description Details Amount

A Assessment of Environment Damage

1 Total of recurring cost Cost arrived from table 1 per day x

number of days in violation

Rs. 20, 96,706 /-

2 Non-recurring cost Cost arrived from table 1 Rs. 18,06,796.50/-

Sub Total (1+2 above) Rs. 39,03,502.5/-

B Environmetnal Compensation based on MoEF&CC O.M. dated

07.07.2021

Rs. 17,50,000/-

C Cost of remediation plan and

natural & community

resource augmentation plan

Sum of A and B above Rs. 56,53,502.5/-

say Rs. 56, 53,500/-

13.6 REMEDIATION PLAN

S. No. Attribute/

Parameters

Issue/ Activity Extent & Remark Remediation &

Activity area

Budget

1. Land & soil

Environment

Land contamination

Moderate:

The excavated soil was

used for landscaping &

leveling purpose within

the project site.

Minimal impact on

Soil. (Hazardous &

Non-hazardous solid

waste storage facilities

are available at site and

are adequate)

Soil restoration to be

carried out by using

organic compost in

the premises.

Efficient solid waste

collection & storage

facility is available.

Used oil (<100

litres/year) is stored in

HDPE drums &

disposed off to

authorized recycler.

Same practice shall be

continued after the

proposed expansion

Existing facilities are adequate

to accommodate the waste

generated after the proposed

expansion, thus, additional

cost is not proposed.

2. Ecology & Cutting of trees & Low: Trees required to be *Capital cost: Rs. 5,99,500/-







S. No. Attribute/

Parameters


Activity area

Budget

Bio-diversity loss of faunal

habitats during

construction.

Adverse impact on

flora & fauna due to

various activities

related to operation

phase

No existing trees in

plant site as it was

already with M/s

SRAAC

The landuse was

already classified for

industrial purpose.

No wildlife sanctuary,

national; parks,

biosphere reserves etc.

is situated within 10 km

radius

planted within site:

545 nos. (33%)

(required 845 trees,

already planted 300

trees)

*Recurring cost: Rs. 400,000/-

per annum

3. Water

Environment

Non-judicial

Ground water

abstraction leads

to depletion in

water table.

Discharge of

untreated

effluent may

contaminate

ground water &

surface water

Low

No ground water

abstraction is being

done.

There is no effluent

generation in process.

Cooling tower blow

down (done once in

20 days is treated

through settling tank

& settled water used

for greenbelt)

Unit maintains ZLD.

01 nos. of rain

water collection

tank is proposed

within premises for

optimum

utilization of

natural resources.

Domestic sewage

will be treated in

proposed STP &

treated water

utilized for

greenbelt

development.

*Capital cost: Rs. 300,000/-


per annum.

*Capital cost: Rs. 500,000/-


per annum.







S. No. Attribute/

Parameters


Activity area

Budget

4. Air

Environment

Fugitive emissions

during construction

& transportation of

material Emissions

from process, DG

set, boiler &

transportation

activities during

operation phase

Moderate:

The unit was

established after

obtaining CTE from

AAPCB & operations

were commenced

after obtaining CFO

from APPCB. The

unit has been

operating with valid

CFO ever since.

In the operational

phase, appropriate air

pollution control

devices like 3.5 mtr

stack height with DG

sets conforming to

CPCB standards & 11

mtr stack with Boiler

has been provided.

Fuel used is HSD.

Chlorine leakage

control system

includes pressurized

supply system on

SRAAC end &

vacuum suction

receiving on M/s

Shivtek’s end. ID

Fan installed near

reactors & Cl2 for

carrying away in

fugitive Cl2 back to

supplying industry

through pipeline.

Also, Chlorine sensors

Monitoring of

Ambient air quality

on regular basis.

APCD as per APPCB

CFO conditions.

Only PUC certified

covered vehicles are

used to transport

goods and materials.

Environmental

monitoring (air, water

soil, noise) - third

party will continue to

be carried out

periodically.

Plantation of 500 nos

of native trees in

surrounding villages

& maintenance for 4

years will be done.

Annual health

checkup camp in E.

Thandrapadu for five

years.

* Recurring cost: Rs.

2, 72,000/- per annum.

#Capital cost (including

recurring cost for 4 years): Rs.

2,050,000/-

(capital cost: 5,50,000

+recurring cost for 4 years:

15,00,000)

#Capital cost: Rs. 500,000/-







S. No. Attribute/

Parameters


Activity area

Budget

and ammonia torches

are in place at transfer

points and process

area for detection of

chlorine in the plant

premises.

All measures are in

place to avoid leakage

of chlorine.

Parking space has

been provided within

premises.

*cost included in EMP budget

#cost included in natural & community resource augmentation plan

13.7 Natural And Community Resource Augmentation Plan

S. No. Field/Activity Location Budgetary Allocation (Rs.)

A Natural Resource Augmentation Plan

a. 250 nos Trees to be planted in

consultation with Village Panchayat/

local bodies (including maintenance

for 4 years)

Govt. School, PHC/CHC in

E.Thandrapadu village

Rs. 18,25,000/-

B Community Resource Augmentation Plan

a. Construction of 1 nos. rain water

harvesting structure

Government Primary

School in E.Thandrapadu

village

Rs. 300,000/-

b. 1 no. of R.O. Plant (Drinking water

facility) in E. Thandrapadu village

Rs. 500,000/-

c. Annual health check-up camp for

four years.

E. Thandrapadu

Gondiparla

Rs. 8,00,000

d. Sponsoring students for vocational

training programme in Govt. ITI

school, Kurnool for ITI trades

10 students each from

E. Thandrapadu village &

Gondiparla village

Rs. 8,30,000/-







S. No. Field/Activity Location Budgetary Allocation (Rs.)

[welder, wireman, fitter, mechanic

(motor vehicle), HVAC technician

plumber etc.]

Total cost Rs. 18,00,000/-

Summary of budgetary allocation

S. No. Particulars Estimated Cost (in Rs.)

1. Remediation plan 13,99,500/-

2. Natural resource augmentation plan 18,25,000/-

3. Community resource augmentation plan 24,30,000/-

Total Rs. 56, 54,500/-

Since the Cost of Remediation and Natural/community resource augmentation plan is Rs.

56,54,500 INR, the bank guarantee of the same will be made and submitted to Andhra Pradesh

Pollution Control Board.

Conclusion: Thus, M/s Shivtek Industries Pvt. Ltd. will submit the bank guarantee of Rs.

56,54,500 INR equivalents to the amount of remediation plan and natural & community

augmentation plant Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board prior to grant of environmental

clearance which shall be released after the successful implementation of remediation plan along

with natural and community resource augmentation plan as per issued Terms of Reference.

**********

GAURANG ENVIRONMENTAL SOLUTIONS PVT. LTD.

SIMPLIFYING SUSTAINABILITY

Accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABET, QCI, New Delhi at S. No. 114 in list of

Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations

(As on May2022)

#102, SNG, Shri Ratna Apartment, Near Tambi petrol pump,

Peetal Factory, Jhotwara Road, Jaipur-302016

E-mail- [email protected]

'Expansion in production capacity of Chlorinated Paraffin ...

Documents

Transcript of 'Expansion in production capacity of Chlorinated Paraffin ...